ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care,...

232
ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL DOSAGE FORMS ABSTRACT THESIS SUBMITTED FOR THE AWARD OF THE DEGREE OF Sector of $i|tlo£(op()p IN CHEMISTRY BY HABIBUR RAHMAN DEPARTMENT OF CHEMISTRY ALIGARH MUSLIM UNIVERSITY ALIGARH (INDIA) 2006

Transcript of ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care,...

Page 1: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL DOSAGE FORMS

ABSTRACT

THESIS SUBMITTED FOR THE AWARD OF THE DEGREE OF

Sector of $i|tlo£(op()p IN

CHEMISTRY

BY

HABIBUR RAHMAN

DEPARTMENT OF CHEMISTRY ALIGARH MUSLIM UNIVERSITY

ALIGARH (INDIA)

2006

Page 2: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

ABSTRACT

The thesis entitled "Analysis of Antihypertensive Drugs in

Commercial Dosage Forms" is comprised of five chapters. The first

chapter describes a general introduction of the subject matter. The

very relevant matters include:

• a brief discussion on drug discovery and drug development.

• the discussion on possible impurities present in active

pharmaceutical ingredients.

• a brief description of various types of analytical techniques used in

the analysis of drugs.

• the discussion on validation strategy. The parameters required for

validation of analytical methods are selectivity / specificity,

linearity, range, accuracy, precision, limits of detection and

quantitation, and robustness / ruggedness. These parameters

have been discussed briefly.

• a description of the classification of drugs based on

pharmacological action on human organs and a brief discussion

mainly on antihypertensive drugs. Finally a brief literature and

chemical structures of the four drugs, i.e., metoprolo! tartrate,

labetalol hydrochloride, ramipril and perindopril erbumine are

presented. An abundant and well-composed list of references is

Page 3: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

given at the end of this chapter, comprises 259 citations, taken

from the world's leading scientific journals in the field.

The second chapter describes a simple and sensitive kinetic

spectrophotometric method based on the oxidation of the metoproiol

tartrate with alkaline potassium permanganate. The reaction was

followed spectrophotometrically by measuring the rate of change of

absorbance at 610 nm. The initial rate and fixed time (at 3 min)

methods are utilized for constructing the calibration graphs to

determine the concentration of the drug. The calibration graphs were

linear in the concentration range of 1.0-6.0 ^g ml'^ for both initial

rate and fixed time methods. The regression analysis of calibration

data yielded the regression equations:

log (rate) = 3.634 + 0.999 log C

and A = 6.300 x 10"^ + 6.491 x 10"^ C

for initial-rate and fixed time (at 3 min) methods, respectively. The

detection limits of initial-rate and fixed time methods have been

calculated and found to be 0.04 [ig ml"^ and 0.1 |ag m r \ respectively.

The activation parameters such as Eg, AH*, AS* and AG* were also

evaluated for the reaction and found to be 90.73 KJ nrior\ 88.20 KJ

n)o\'\ 84.54 JK" mol'^ and -63.01 KJ mol'S respectively.

Page 4: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

The results were validated statistically and through recovery

studies. The method has been successfully applied to the

determination of metoprolol tartrate in commercial dosage forms.

Statistical comparison of the results with the reference method

showed excellent agreement and indicated no significant difference in

accuracy and precision.

In Chapter three, a validated, selective and sensitive

spectrophotonnetric method has been developed for the determination

of labetalol hydrochloride in commercial dosage forms. The method is

based on the coupling reaction of positive diazonium ion of 4-

aminobenzenesulphonic acid with phenolate ion of labetalol to form a

coloured azo compound which absorbs maximally at 395 nm. Under

the optimized experimental conditions, the colour was stable up to 2

h and Beer's law is obeyed in the concentration range of 0.8 - 17.6 i g

ml'^ with linear regression equation of A = 4.84 xlO'^^^- 7.864 x 10'^

C and coefficient of correlation, r = 0.9999. The molar absorptivity

and Sandell's sensitivity were found to be 2.87 x 10'* I mol'^ cm'^and

0.013 i g cm'^ per 0.001-absorbance unit, respectively. The limits of

detection and quantitation of the proposed method are 0,08 and 0.23

^g m\'^, respectively. The intra day and inter day precision variation

and accuracy of the proposed method was acceptable with low values

of standard analytical error. The recovery results obtained by the

Page 5: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

proposed method in drug formulations are acceptable with mean

percent recovery ± RSD of 99.97 ± 0.52% - 100.03 ± 0.63 %. The

results of the proposed method are compared with those of Bilal's

spectrophotometric method which indicated excellent agreement with

acceptable true bias of all samples within ± 2 . 0 % .

The fourth chapter describes a simple and sensitive

spectrophotometric method for the determination of ramipril. The

method is based on the reaction of the drug with l-chloro-2, 4-

dinitrobenzene (CDNB) in dimethylsulphoxide (DI^SO) at 100 ± 1°C.

The absorbance at 420 nm was recorded as a function of time. Fixed-

time (AA) and equilibrium methods were adopted for constructing the

calibration curves. Both the calibration curves were found to be linear

over the concentration range of 20 - 220 |ig m l ' ^ The regression

analysis of calibration data yielded the linear equations; A A = 6.30

X 10'^ + 1.54 X 10"^ C and A = 3.62 xlO"^ + 6.35 x 10'^ C for fixed

time (A A) and equilibrium methods, respectively. The limit of

detection (LOD) for fixed time and equilibrium methods were 1.47

and 1.05 ^g m r \ respectively. The method has been successfully

applied to the determination of ramipril in commercial dosage forms.

Statistical comparison of the results showed that there is no

significant difference between the proposed methods and Abdellatef's

spectrophotometric method.

Page 6: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

The last chapter describes two simple, sensitive and accurate

spectrophotometric methods for the determination of perindopril in

pharmaceutical preparations. Method A is based on the formation of

ternary complex between Zn (II), eosin and the perindopril, which is

extractable with chloroform. The absorption spectrum exhibits a band

peaking at 510 nm. Method B is based on the interaction of drug with

iodine in dichioromethane resulting in the formation of charge

transfer complex which absorbs maximally at 365 nm. Beer's law was

obeyed in the concentration range 10-200 pg ml'- and 10-180 pg ml'-

with molar absorptivity of 2.25 xlO^ and 3.71x10^ lit mol'^cm'^ for

methods A and B, respectively. The detection limits for methods A

and B were 0.49 and 0.90 pg mT^ respectively. The proposed

methods have been successfully applied to the determination of

perindopril in commercial dosage forms. The results of the proposed

methods were compared statistically with those obtained by

Abdellatef's spectrophotometric method. The statistical comparision

of these results indicated that there is no significant difference

between the methods compared in terms of accuracy and precision.

Page 7: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL DOSAGE FORMS

--0S • •S^* - j j , j , . ._^

^ ^THESIS SUBMITTED FOR THE AWARD OF THE DEGREE OF

Mottov of ptittofiioplip

\ ^ \

4 IN

CHEMISTRY

%: _

P>4

BY

;#

HABIBUR RAHMAN

DEPARTMENT OF CHEMISTRY ALIGARH MUSLIM UNIVERSITY

ALIGARH (INDIA)

2006

Page 8: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

•• I/: - W l J l

T6415

Page 9: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

DEDICATED

MY PARENTS

Page 10: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

DR. NAFISUR RAHMAN Reader

DEPARTMENT OF CHEMISTRY ALIGARH MUSLIM UNIVERSITY

ALIGARH-202 002 (U.P.) INDIA Tel.: +91-571-2703515 (Office) E-mail: [email protected]

Dated: A ' c ^ w ^ r 2.<^/ 2<}c^

Certificate

This is to certify that the thesis entitled ''Analysis of

antihypertensive drugs in commercial dosage forms" is the

original work of Mr. HABIBUR RAHMAN, carried out under my

supervision and suitable for submission for the award of the

degree of Doctor of Philosophy in Chemistry.

(Dr. Nafisur Rahman)

Page 11: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

fmwA m&mmm. ^iivimvWlUs^li/VJjlUfliliJiViit,

First and foremost, I would like to thank the Almighty Allah, The most

merciful and benevolent Allah, whose spiritual inspiration and blessing enabled me

to complete the mission.

I take this opportunity to extend my heartiest gratitude to my respected

supervisor, Dr. Nafisur Rahman for his generous consideration, undaunted help,

unceasing support, valuable suggestions and guidance in the completion of this

work.

I am grateful to Chairman, Department of Chemistry, Aligarh Muslim University,

Aligarh for providing research facilities.

I wish to express my sincere and profound gratitude to Dr. Syed Najmul Hejaz

Azmi, Dr. M. Kashif and Dr. M. Nasrul Hoda for his sympathetic attitude, persistent

interest and consistent encouragement throughout the entire work.

I shall be failing in my duty if I do not acknowledge my colleagues Dr. Yasmin

Ahmad, Dr. Manisha Singh, Mr. Masoom Raza Siddiqui, Ms. Nishat Anwar, Ms. Zehra

Bano and Mr. Rafatullah for providing peaceful and enthusiastic environment

during the progress of this work.

Words fail to express my indebted feelings to my friends Mr. Musawwer, Sk.

Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed

at the time of crisis and happiness.

I am extremely grateful to Dr. Abdul Rauf, Professor Mubarak Husain and Dr.

Lutfullah for his unflinching support in enhancing my academic pursuits.

I feel short of words to express my heartful gratitude to my beloved parents,

sisters Habiba and Tayyaba who contributed significantly with their spiritual

inspiration and moral support to complete the work.

(HABIBUR RAHMAN)

Page 12: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

na i

CONTENTS List of Publications

List of Tables

List of Figures

CHAPTER 1 General Introduction

References

01

78

CHAPTER 2 Validated kinetic

Spectrophotometric method for the

determination of metoprolol tartrate

in pharmaceutical formulations

96

CHAPTER 3 Determination of labetalol

hydrochloride in drug formulations

by spectrophotometry

124

CHAPTER 4 Kinetic spectrophotometric method

for the determination of ramipril in

commercial dosage forms.

155

CHAPTER 5 Spectrophotometic methods for

the determination of perindopril erbumlne

in pharmaceutical preparations via ternary

complex formation with Zn (II) and eosin

and charge transfer complexation with

iodine.

178

Page 13: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

LIST OF PUBLICATIONS

[1] Validated kinetic spectrophotometric method for tine

determination of metoprolol tartrate in plnarmaceuticaj

formulations

Chem. Pharm. Bull 57 (2005) 942 - 948, Chemical Society of Japan

[2] Determination of labetalol hydrochloride in drug

formulations by spectrophotometry

J. Chin. Chem. Soc. (Accepted) Chinese Chemical Society

[3] Kinetic spectrophotometric method for the determination

of ramipril in commercial dosage forms

Canadian Journal of Analytical Sciences and Spectroscopy (CJASS)

(2006) (Communicated)

[4] Spectrophotometric methods for the determination of

perindopril erbumine in pharmaceutical preparations

via ternary complex formation with Zn (II) and eosin

and charge transfer complexation with iodine

Journal of Food and Drug Analysis (2006) (Communicated)

Page 14: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

r* LIST OF TABLES

Table 1.1. Chemistry, manufacturing and control testing conducted 05

in the drug development pathway.

Table 1.2. Components of stability testing protocol. 08

Table 1.3. ICH guidelines for identification and qualification 14

of impurities in bulk drug and formulations

Table 1.4. Proportion of various analytical methods prescribed 18

for the assay of bulk drug materials in Ph. Eur. 4 [17]

andUSPXXVlI[18].

Table 1.5. Comparison of HPLC, CE and TLC. 25

Table 1.6. SIA systems for the active ingredient determination. 29

Table 1.7. Voltammetric analysis of drugs. 32

Table 1.8. Quantitative analysis of drugs in pharmaceutical formulations 34

by VU- visible spectrophotometric procedures.

Table 1.9. Analysis of compounds in pharmaceutical formulations. 39

Table 1.10. Validation characteristics normally evaluated for the different 48

types of test procedure and the minimum number of

determinations required ( if applicable).

Table 1.11. Requirements for different calibration modes with 50

relevant parameters.

Table 1.12. Approaches for determining the detection and quantitation [242]. 56

Table 2.1. Sunnmary of data of the initial rate of reaction at different 109

concentration of metaprolol tartrate and KMn04. !

Page 15: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

Ill

Table 2.2. Summary of optical characteristics and statistical data for the 111

fixed - time method.

Table 2.3. Test of precision of the proposed methods by intra-day and inter-day 114

assays.

Table 2.4. Summary of data for the determination of metoproloi tartrate in 115

pharmaceutical preparations by standard addition method

Table 2.5. Comparison of the proposed methods using point and Interval 119

hypothesis tests with the reference method at 95% confidence level.

Table 3.1. Optical performance and regression characteristics of the proposed 139

method.

Table 3.2. Intra day and Inter day assays: Test of accuracy and precision of 145

the proposed method in pure form.

Table 3.3. Intra day and Inter day assays: Test of accuracy and precision of the 146

proposed method in pharmaceutical formulations.

Table 3.4. Standard addition method: Evaluation of the validity of the 148

proposed method for the recovery of labetalol hydrochloride.

Table 3.5. Point and interval hypothesis tests: Evaluation of the applicability 149

of the proposed method at 95% confidence level

Table 3.6. Comparison of the proposed method with existing 150

spectrophotometric methods for the determination of labetalol

hydrochloride in drug formulations.

Table 4.1. Calibration equations at different fixed times. 169

Table 4.2. Optical and regression characteristics of the fixed time and 171

equilibrium methods.

Page 16: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

IV

Table 4.3. Evaluation of accuracy and precision of the proposed methods 172

Table 4.4. Standard addition method for the determination of ramipril 173

in tablets and capsule

Table 4.5. Comparison of the proposed methods with the reference method 175

Table 5.1. Optical characteristics and statistical data of the regression equations 198

Table 5.2. Evaluation of the accuracy and precision of the two proposed methods 200

Table 5.3. Determination of perindopril in pharmaceutical preparations 201

by standard addition technique

Table 5.4. Determination of perindopril in pharmaceutical preparations 202

by the proposed methods and reference method [12]

Page 17: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

LIST OF FIGURES

Figure 1.1. Drug development process. 03

Figure 1.2. ICH decision tree for safety studies. 16

Figure 1.3. The process of development, validation and routine use of an 47

analytical method.

Figure 1.4. Useful range of an analytical method: LOQ = Limit of quantitative 53

measurement and LOL = Limit of linear response.

Figure 1.5. Major pathways of metoprolol metabolism in man. 70

Figure 1.6. Structure of labetalol and proposed pharmacological activity of its 72

4 stereoisomers.

Figure 1.7. Structural formula of (A) ramipril and (B) ramiprilat. 74

Figure 1.8. Simplified representation of the renin-angiotensin system. 75

Figure 2.1. Absorption spectra of (a) I ml of 0.01% metoprolol tartrate 102

(b) 2 ml of 0.015 M potassium permanganate in alkaline medium

(c) coloured product (0.6 ml of metoprolol tartrate (0.01%) +2 ml

of 0.015 M KMn04 + 2.0 ml of 0.6 M NaOH) versus blank diluted

with doubly distilled water in 10 ml standard flask.

Figure 2.2. Limiting logarithmic plot for stoichiometric ratio between 103

metoprolol tartrate and KMn04 (a) log A vs log [drug] and

(b)logAvslog[KMn04].

Figure 2.3. Effect of the molar concentration of NaOH solution on the 105

initial rate of reaction with 60.0 |ag perlO ml metoprolol tartrate

in doubly distilled water.

Page 18: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

VI

Figure 2.4. Effect of the molar concentration of KMn04 solution 106

on the initial rate of reaction with 60.0 ^g per 10 ml

metoprolol tartrate in doubly distilled water

Figure 2.5. Absorbance-time curves for the reaction between metoprolol 108

tartrate and KMn04 in aqueous medium: 2.0 ml of 0.015 M KMn04

and metoprolol tartrate: (a) 1.0, (b) 1.5, (c) 2.0, (d) 3.0, (e) 4.0,

(f) 5. 0 and (g) 6.0 ^g ml''. Each set is diluted in 10 mi standard flask

with doubly distilled water.

Figure 2.6. Arrhenius plot: log k versus 1/T for activation energy. 117

Figure 2.7. Eyring plot: log k/T versus 1/T for AH' and AS*. 118

Figure 3.1. Absorption spectra of (a) pure drug solution: 10 )ig ml"'of 132

labetalol hydrochloride in distilled water; (b) 8.67 x lO' M

4-aminobenzene sulphonic acid in distilled water;(c) blank solution:

diazotized solution (2.0 ml of 1.73 x lO'" M 4- aminobenzene

sulphonic acid+1.5 ml of 0.29 NaNOj + 1.8 ml of 0.2 M HCl)

with 4.0 ml of 0.28 M NajCOj in 25 ml distilled water and

(d) Sample solution: 440.0 ^g labetalol hydrochloride and 4.0 ml

of 0.28 M NajCOj with diazotized solution (1.5 ml of 0.029 M

4-aminobenzene sulphonic acid + 1.5 ml of 0.29 M NaN02+

1.8 ml of 0.2M HCl) in 25 ml distilled water.

Figure 3.2. Effect of the molar concentration of reactants: 137

(a) 4-aminobenzenesulphonic acid; (b) NaNOa; (c) HCl; and

(d) Na2C03 with 16.0 ng ml"' labetalol hydrochloride on the

absorbance of coloured product

Page 19: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

Vll

Figure 3.3. Plot of error (Sc) versus concentration of labetalol hydrochloride 140

in the determination process.

Figure 3.4. Plot showing variation in the confidence limit at 141

(a) 95% confidence and (b) 99 %confidence level: relative

uncertainty percentage (% AC/C) versus concentration of

labetalol hydrochloride

Figure 4.1. Absorption spectra of (a) 4. 80 x 10"' M ramipril 161

(b) 3.46 X 10"-' M CDNB versus DM.SO (c) complex

(4. 801 X IQ- M ramipril and 1.73 x lO" M CDNB) versus

blank (1.73 x IQ- M CDNB).

Figure 4.2. Effect of heating time on the absorbance of the coloured product 163

(ramipril 200.0 |ig ml"').

Figure 4.3. Effect of the concentration of CDNB on the absorbance of the 164

coloured product (ramipril 200.0 \ig ml'').

Figure 4.4. Limiting logarithmic plots for molar combining ratio between 165

ramipril and CDNB: (a) log Absorbance versus log [Ramipril];

(b) log Absorbance versus log [CDNB].

Figure 4.5. Mole ratio plot for the reaction between ramipril 166

and CDNB in DMSO ([Ramipril] = [CDNB]) = 3.46x10-^ M).

Figure 5.1. Absorption spectra of (a) 4.34x10'^ M eosin; (b) 4.34x10"^ M 184

eosin and 8.35x]0''' M Zn (II); (c) 4.34x10'^ M eosin and 50.0 ^g

ml'' perindopril against doubly distilled water; (d) 200 [ig ml"'

Page 20: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

Vlll

perindopril with 6.12 xlO"' M Zn (II) and 5.78 x lO' M eosin extracted

into chloroform against blani< (6.12 xlO" M Zn ^ and 5.78 x 10"''M eosin)

treated similarly.

Figure 5.2. Effect of molar concentration of Zn (II) on the formation of ternary 186

complex.

Figure 5.3. Effect of molar concentration of eosin on the formation of ternary 187

complex.

Figure 5.4. Limitting logarithmic plot for molar combining ratio between 189

perindopril, Zn (II) and eosin: (a) log Absorbance vs log [Perindopril];

(b) log Absorbance vs log [Zn^^]; (c) log Absorbance vs log [eosin].

Figure 5.5. Absorption spectra of (a) 1.5 ml of 2.36 xlO"' M iodine in 193

dichloromethane and (b) 750.0 |j,g perindopril and 2.0 ml of

2.364x10"- M Iodine in dichloromethane. In both cases, the

solutions were diluted to 5 ml.

Figure 5,6, Effect of the molar concentration of iodine on the absorbance of 194

coloured product (perindopril 150.0 figml"').

Figure 5.7. Job's plot for the reaction between Perindopril and iodine in 195

dichlorometane ([Perindopril] = [Iodine] = 1 .OOx lO"'' M).

Figure 5.8, Plot of 1 / A x ([D] [A] / [D] + [A]) Vs. 1 / [D] + [A]. 197

•m

Page 21: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

APT GENERAL INTRODUCTION

Page 22: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

Discovery and development of a new drug is a long, labour-demanding

process. Recent studies [1] revealed that the average time to discover, develop and

approve a new drug in the United States has steadily increased from 8.1 years in the

1960s, to 14.2 years by the 1990s. The actual time may be even longer as the above

calculation considered the starting point from chemical synthesis, thereby not

including the time for target identification and lead finding/selection process, which

in general takes a minimum of two more years. Typically, the whole process is

fragmented 'Discovery', 'Development' and 'Registration' phases.

The 'Discovery' phase, routinely three to four years, involves identification of

new therapeutic targets, lead finding and prioritization, lead optimization and

nomination of new chemical entities (NCEs). The 'Development' phase, the drug

candidates are subject to preclinical testing in animals (also known as 'Phase I') for

about two years. In addition, preliminary clinical trials in man and the subsequent

full clinical trials (known as Phase II and III) will take a much longer time (-8.6

years). According to DiMasi [1], the 'Registration' phase averaged around 1.8 years

in the late 1990s. Each pharmaceutical firm has their own collection of drug

candidates which are being allocated to different phases of the discovery and

development process, often referred to as the 'pipeline'. Discovery scientists

primarily focus on 'hunting' for drug candidates, whereas in Development one is

trying to 'promote' NCEs as novel and safer commercial medicines. To ensure

scientific and commercial success, it is critical to understand drug development

process, (Fig 1.1) the myriad task and milestones that are vital to a comprehensive

development plan.

Page 23: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

>

C

c o o

D) c

o

C (0

E

to

E x: O

u o

c

>

3

Q

M b

Page 24: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

In recent years, the International Conference on Harmonization of technical

requirement for registration of pharmaceuticals for human use (ICH) has adopted

scientific standards for quality control monitoring [2]. These standards are the basis

for most regulatory guidelines, including those published by the Food and Drug

Administration [3]. Key steps on the path include pharmaceutical analysis and

stability studies that are required to determine and assure the identity, potency and

purity of ingredients, as well as those formulated products. Stability testing

facilitates the establishment of recommended storage conditions, determination of

retest periods and definition of acceptable shelf life. These data play a key role in

determining labeling requirements, as well as in the development and monitoring

process.

Stability testing is performed on drug substances and products at various

stages of product development (Tabic 1.1). In early stages, accelerated stability

testing (at relatively high temperatures and /or humidities) is used as a "worst ca.se"

evaluation to determine what types of degradation products may be found after long-

term storage. In preformulation studies, interactions between excipients and the drug

substance are studied under stress conditions to access compatibility.

The design of a complete stability-testing programme for a drug or

nutraceutical product is based upon an understanding of the behaviour, properties

and stability of the drug substance or active ingredient and the experience gained

from preformulation studies and early clinical formulations. Products are analysed at

specific intervals to evaluate a variety of parameters, such as the identity of the

active ingredient, potency, measurement of degradation products, dissolution time,

physical properties and appearance. Samples from production lots of approved

products are retained for stability testing and for comparison testing in the case of

Page 25: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

Table 1.1 Chemistry, manufacturing and controls testing conducted in the drug development pathway

Discovery to Phase J • Active pharmaceutical ingredient (API) solubility studies • API identification by spectroscopic analysis • Chromatographic purity • pKa determination • Moisture determination • Partitioning studies • Characterization studies • Development of chromatographic analysis of API • Residual solvents indentification and quantitation • Short-term stability of API • Reference standard certification

Phase I • Validation of analytical methods for API and Phase 1 product • Stability of Phase 1 product • Release of Phase I clinical test materials

Phases II and III • Continued analytical method refinements and validations as

per product and process improvements • Release of Phase II and III clinical test materials • Release of product for long-term toxicology studies • Long-term stability programme • Cleaning validation support • Analysis of manufacturing process validation samples • Container/closure extractable/leachable studies

Post Approval • QC release of product • QC release of API • QC release of excipients • Post approval stability programmes • Scale-up and post approval changes (SUPAC)

Page 26: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

product failure. Testing of retained samples alongside returned samples is the key to

ascertaining whether the product failure was manufacturing or storage related.

The objective of analytical testing during preclinical evaluation and Phase I

clinical development is to evaluate the stability of the investigational formulations

used in initial clinical trials, to obtain information needed to develop a final

formulation and to select the most appropriate container and closure (e.g.,

compatibility studies of potential interactive effects between a drug substance and

other components). Information from the experiments listed in Table 1.1 under

discovery to Phase I is summarized in the investigational new drug application

(IND) with the initiation of Phase I clinical trials. When the delivery mechanism of

the drug is an integral part of creating the therapeutic effect and must be used in the

Phase I trials, formulation data, container closure data and corresponding short-term

accelerated stability data should be included in the IND prior to Phase I trials.

Analysis studies on formulations should be underway by the end of Phase II

and the stability protocol for study of both the drug substance and drug product

should be defined. This will help assure that analytical chemistry data generated

during Phase 111 are appropriate for submission. Prior to Phase I, stability of the drug

substance and the formulation to be used must be evaluated. Impurities from the

manufacturing and degradants that form are quantitated and tracked to ensure safety

prior to moving into the Phase I clinical trials and continuity of material used for

laboratory safety testing and clinical trials.

Stability testing done during Phase 111 studies focuses on testing final

formulations in the proposed packaging produced at the manufacturing site. It is

recommended that the stability protocol is defined prior to the initiation of Phase III

studies. In this regard, consideration should be given to establish appropriate linkage

Page 27: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

between the non-clinical and clinical batches of the drug substance and drug product

and those of the primary stability batches in support of the proposed expiration-

dating period. Factors to be considered include the source, quality and purity of

various components of the drug product, manufacturing process and production

facility for the drug substance and the drug product, as well as use of same

containers. Data obtained on tests done under controlled conditions replicating

conditions recommended for long-term storage and slightly elevated temperatures

are used to determine a product's shelf life and expiration dates.

Stability testing focuses on the chemical (i.e., integrity, potency,

degradation) and physical properties (e.g., appearance, hardness, particle size,

solubility) of active pharmaceutical ingredients (APIs) and products. In addition,

microbiological testing is done to ensure the substance and products maintain their

resistance to microbial and bacterial growth. Assuring the physical/chemical

properties and effectiveness properties of a pharmaceutical is critical for labeling

and marketing purposes. A wide range of testing is used to evaluate and verify the

identity, potency and availability of the API in the product (Table 1.2). Stability

testing is done at all phases of the development, production and marketing process

for quality control and monitoring purposes. Early in the development of the drug

product, purposeful degradation studies are done as a means to predict possible

degradation pathways of an API. This information is used in the validation of

.stability indicating analytical methods and in pre-formulation studies. Degradation

studies include stress conditions such as heat, oxidative, light, acidic conditions,

basic conditions and heat/humidity. Testing to assure that products meet

specifications for the presence of degradation products and impurities are usually

intensive chromatographic separations with detection down to the 0.01% levels.

Page 28: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

Table 1.2 Components of stability testing protocol

Technical grade and manuFacturcr of drug substance and excipients

Type. size, and number of balclies

Type, size, and source of containers and closures

Test parameters

Test methods

Acceptance criteria

Test time points

Test storage conditions

Container storage orientations

Sampling plan

Statistical analysis approaches and evaluations

Data presentation

Retest or expiration dating period

Stability commitment

Page 29: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

Typically, impurities and degradation products tliat are 0.1% and above need to be

evaluated for identity and chemical structure. The level of the impurities allowed

depends on the toxicity of the impurity and the daily dose levels of the drug. Identity

information on the stability of a drug substance under defmed storage conditions is

an integral part of the systematic approach to stability evaluation. Stress testing

helps to determine the intrinsic .stability characteristics of a molecule by establishing

degradation pathways to identify the likely degradation products and to validate the

stability indicating power of the analytical procedures used.

Testing is carried out on a single batch of a drug substance and includes the

effects of temperatures in 10°C increments above the accelerated temperature test

condition and humidity, where appropriate (e.g.. 75% or greater). In addition, one

must evaluate oxidation and photolysis on the drug substance, plus its susceptibility

to hydrolysis across a wide range of pll values when in solution or suspension.

Photostability (i.e. light) testing is an integral part of stress testing. Some

degradation pathways can be complex and, under forced conditions, decomposition

products may be observed that are unlikely to be formed under accelerated or loiig-

term testing. This information is useftil in developing and validating suitable

analytical methods, but may not be necessary to examine specifically for all

degradation products if it has been demonstrated that in practice these are not

formed. Information obtained from photostability is the key in choosing appropriate

container/ closure system.

In general, all dosage forms are evaluated for appearance, assay and

degradation products. Additional tests (i.e., potency) are needed for specific dosage

forms. For example, sterility is needed for sterile products but not for tablets or

capsules. In addition, not every test will be performed at each time point.

Page 30: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

10

Safety and efficacy are two fundamental issues of importance in drug therapy.

The safety of drug is determined by its pharmacological-toxicological profile as well

as the adverse effects caused by the impurities in bulk and dosage forms.

Impurities in pharmaceuticals are the unwanted chemicals that remain with the

active pharmaceutical ingredients (APIs), or develop during formulation, or upon

aging of both API and formulated APIs to medicines. The presence of these

unwanted chemicals even in small amounts may influence the efficacy and safety of

the pharmaceutical products. Impurity profiling (i.e. the identity as well as the

quantity of impurity in the pharmaceuticals) is now getting important critical

attention from regulatory authorities.

Medicines are the formulated forms of active pharmaceutical ingredients.

There are two types of impurities in medicines:

(1) Impurities associated with active pharmaceutical ingredients and

(2) Impurities that are created during formulation and or with aging or that are

related to the formulated forms.

Impurities associated with APIs

According to ICH guidelines [4], impurities associated with APIs are classified into

the following categories:

• Organic impurities (Process and drug-related)

• Inorganic impurities

• Residual solvents

Organic impurities

Organic impurities may arise during the manufacturing process and/ or storage

of the drug substances. They may be identified or unidentified, volatile or non­

volatile, and include the following:

Page 31: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

11

Starting materials or intermediates - These are the most common impurities found in

every APIs unless a proper care is taken in every step involved throughout the multi-

step synthesis. Although the end products are always washed with solvents, there are

always chances of having the residual unreacted starting materials may remain

unless the manufacturers are very careful about the impurities.

By-products - In synthetic organic chemistry, getting a single end product with 100%

yield is very rare; there is always a chance of having by-products.

Degradation products - Impurities can also be formed by degradation of the end

product during manufacturing of bulk drugs. However, degradation products

resulting from storage or formulation to different dosage forms or aging are common

impurities in the medicines.

Reagents, ligands, and catalysts - These chemicals are less commonly found in APIs;

however, in some cases they may pose a problem as impurities.

In general, an individual API may contain all of the above- mentioned types of

organic impurities at levels varying from negligible to significant.

Enantiomeric impurities - The single enantiomeric form of a chiral drug is now

considered as an improved chemical entity that may offer a better pharmacological

profile and an increased therapeutic index with more favourable adverse reaction

profile [5]. In any case, cost benefits as well as the patient's compliance need to be

considered in selecting drugs. For the manufacturers of single enantiomeric drug

(eutomer), the undesirable stereoisomers in drug control are considered in the same

manner as other organic impurities.

Inorganic impurities

Inorganic impurities may also derive from the manufacturing processes used

for bulk drugs, They are normally known and identified and include the following:

Page 32: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

Reagents, ligands, and catalysts - The chances of having these impurities are rare;

however in some processes, this could create a problem unless the manufactures take

proper care during production.

Heavy metals - The main sources of heavy metals are the water in the processes and

the reactors (if stainless steel reactors are used), where acidification or acid

hydrolysis takes place. These impurities of heavy metals can easily be avoided using

demineralized water and glass- lined reactors.

Other materials (e.g. filter aids, charcoal) - The filters or filtering aids such as

centrifuge bags are routinely used in the bulk drugs manufacturing plants, and, in

many cases, activated carbon is also used. The regular monitoring of fibers and

black particles in the bulk drugs is essential to avoid these contaminafions.

Solvent residues

Residua! solvents are organic volatile chemicals used during manufacturing

process or generated during the production. It is very difficult to remove these

solvents completely by the work- up process; however, efforts should be taken to the

extent possible to meet the safety data. Some solvents that are known to cause

toxicity should be avoided in the production of bulk drugs. Depending on the

possible risk to human health, residual solvents are divided into three classes [6].

Solvents such as benzene (Class I, 2 ppm limit) and carbon tetrachloride (Class I, 4

ppm limit) are to be avoided. On the other hand, the most commonly used solvents

such as methylene chloride (600 ppm), N, N- dimethyl formamide (880 ppm limit)

and acetonitrile (410 ppm limit) are of Class II. Class III solvents (acetic acid,

acetone, isopropyl alcohol, butanol, ethanol and ethyl acetate) have permitted daily

exposures of 50 mg or less per day. In this regard, ICH guidelines [6] for limits

should be strictly followed.

Page 33: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

13

Control is more important today than ever. Until the beginning of the 20"

century drug products were produced and sold having no imposed control. Quality

was generally poor. Many products were patent medicines of dubious value. Some

were harmful and addictive. In 1937, elhyicnc glycol was used as vehicle for an

elixir of sulphanilamide, which caused more than 100 deaths [7]. Thereupon the

Food, Drug and Cosmetic act was revised requiring advance proofs of safety and

various other controls for new drugs. The impurities to be considered for new drugs

are listed in regulatory documents of the Food and Drug Administration (FDA) [8],

International Conference on Harmonization of technical requirement for registration

of pharmaceuticals for human use (ICH) [9, 10] and United States Pharmacopoeia

(USP) [11]. Nevertheless, there are many drugs in existence, which have not studied

in such detail. The USP and National Formulary (NF) are the recognized standards

for potency and purity of new drugs. These compendia have become official upon

adoption of first food and drug act. They formulate legal standards of quality, purity

and strength of new drugs. The good manufacturing practices provide minimum

quality standards for production of pharmaceutical as well as their ingredients [12].

The ICH, which took place in Yokohoma, Japan in 1995, has released new

guidelines on impurities in new drug products [13]. These guidelines have number

of advantages., both for industry and regulators. The most critical aspects of the

elaboration of the guidelines were the definition of the levels of the impurities for

identification and qualification (Table 1.3).

Qualification is the process of acquiring and evaluating data for establishing the

biological safety of an individual impurity or a given impurity profile at the levels

specified. The level of any impurity present in a new drug substance that has been

adequately tested in safety and clinical studies is considered qualified. A rationale

Page 34: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

14

Table 1.3 ICH guidelines for identification and qualification of impurities in bulk drugs and formulations

Dose

< 1 mg

1- lOing

10- 100 mj

100-2 g

>2g

Threshold for

Identification (%)

1.0

0.5

0.2

0.1

0.1

Qualification (%)

1.0

1.0

0,5

0.2

0,1

Page 35: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

15

for selecting impurity limits based on safety consideration has to be provided. The

"Decision tree for safety studies" (Fig. 1,2) describes the considerations for the

qualification of impurities when threshold are exceeded. This has some consequence

for method development.

The monitoring of in-process impurities was an obscure and unidentified about 20

years ago. Now it has become a major factor in modern pharmaceutical industry.

This is mainly the pressure of product quality and the demand for higher standards

of process reliability. Toxicological issues have also brought about a greater

sensitivity to the significance of impurities at trace levels [14]. New attention has

been given to the various classes of toxicants present as impurities in pharmaceutical

products. In view of these changes it has become necessary to pay more attention to

the origins and pathways of a host of impurities within the process. Frequently,

impurities are formed as isomers of the desired reaction products and a critical

impurity can often enter with the feed. Analytical recognition of the problematic

Page 36: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

16

Decrease degradation

products level below threshold

Yes Above threshold

No

No Oualified

Yes

Structure elucidated ?

Yes

Yes

Toxicity documented and sufficient?

No

Related to others with known toxicity Yes Acceptable

justification?

No No

Consider patient population and duration of use

Yes

Oualified

Consider need for: 1- Genotoxicity studies (point mutation, chromosomal aberration) 2- General toxicity studies (one species, min.14 days, max. 90 days) 3- Other specific toxicity end point, as appropriate

Adverse effects

Yes,

Consider additional testing or removal /

lowering level of degradation

products

Fig. 1.2. ICH decision tree for safety studies

Page 37: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

17

ANALYTICAL TECHNIQUES

From the beginnings of official pharmaceutical analysis, the aim of including

assay methods in compendial monographs has been to characterise the quality of

bulk drug materials by setting limits for their active ingredient content. The

analytical techniques used in drug analysis are given in Table 1.4, based on the

recent editions of European [17] and US [18] Pharmacopoeias.

Titrimetric methods

It is apparent from Table 1.4 that in the majority of cases the titrimetric

methods are still used, especially in European Pharmacopoeia. Advantages of these

methods are saving time and labour, high precision and the fact that there is no need

of using reference standards. Non- aquous titration methods are frequently used in

drug analysis, which can be extended to weak acids and bases. In majority of the

cases, the end point is detected potentiometrically and thus, improving the precision

of the method. In the case of titrimetric methods the lower and upper limhs of assay

are usually 98.0 - 99.0% and 100.5 - 102.0%, respectively (most typically 99.0-

101.0%)). Recently, titrimetric methods have been used for the determination of

captopril [19], gatifloxacin [20], promethazine theodate [21] and nizatidine [22] in

commercial dosage forms.

High performance liquid chromatography

High performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) is widely used both in drug

research and development and also pharmaceutical manufacture. Applications in

research and development include purity control of new drug syntheses, separation

of products during stability testing of drugs and formulations, and pharmacokinetics,

i.e. the determination of drugs and metabolites in biological fluids during

metabolism and clinical investigations. In pharmaceutical manufacture, HPLC is

Page 38: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

Table 1.4 Proportion of various analytical methods prescribed for the assay of bulk drug materials in Ph. Eur. 4 [17] and USP XXVII [18]

Method Ph. Eur. 4 USP 27 _!%) (%)

HPLC 15.5% 44%

GC 2 % 2.5 %

Titration 69.5 % 40.5 %

Acid-base 57.5 % 29.5 %

Aqueous mixtures 2 1 % 5.5%

Indicator 6.5 % 4.5 %

Potentiometric 14.5 % 1 %

Non-aqueous 36.5 % 24 %

Indicator 9.5% 14%

Potentiometric 27% 10%

Redox (lodometry, Nitritometry, etc.) 6.5 % 5.5 %

Other (complexometry, argentometry, etc.) 5.5 % 5.5 %

UV-vis spectrophotometry 9.5 % 8.5 %

Microbiological assay (antibiotics) 3 % 2.5 %

Others (IR, NMR, polaremetry, fluorimetry, atomic 0.5%) 2 %

absorption spectroscopy, polarography, gravimetry etc.)

Page 39: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

widely used in the quality control of both raw materials and finished dosage forms,

with pharmacopoeial monographs now containing several HPLC assay procedures.

It is evident from Table 1.4; HPLC has become the predominant method in US?

XXVII [18] and- although to a lesser extent - it is one of the most widely used

methods also in European Pharmacopoeia [17].

The problematic points of using specific HPLC methods for the assay of bulk

drug materials were probably taken into consideration by the European

Pharmacopoeia Commission when they summarized their approach regarding this

matter as follows: " Specificity of assays: For elaboration of monographs on

chemical substances, the approach generally preferred by the Commission is to

provide control of impurities via a well designed Test section rather than by

inclusion of an assay that is specific for the active moiety. It is, therefore, the full set

of requirements of monograph that is designed to ensure that the product is of

suitable quality" [17]. Table 1.4 reflects the differences between the approaches of

the European and US Pharmacopoeias: while in USP XXVII the proportion of

specific HPLC (+GC) methods is 46.5%, the same figure in European

Pharmacopoeia is only 17.5%.

Methods based on gradient reversed- phase conditions are found to be very

popular for analyzing cardiovascular and antihypertensive agents. However, the

isocratic conditions for separation of nitrendipine and its impurities of reaction

partners and by-products (methyl-3-amino crotonate, 2-ethyl-2- (nitro-benzylidene)

acetoacetate, l,4-dihydro-2,6-dimethyl-4-(3-nitrophenyl)-3,5-pyridinedicarboxylic

acid diethyl ester and l,4-dihydro-2,6-dimethyl-4-(3-nitrophenyl)-3,5-

pyridinedicarboxylic acid dimethyl ester) on a Lichrosorb RP-185 [im (25 cm x 4

mm i.d.) methanol- water (70:30) as adjusted to pH 3 with H3PO4 and detection at

Page 40: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

20

238 nm were also reported [23]. Ramipril [CAS No.8733-19-5] is one of the several

angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibitors, which is used as a prodrug for regulating

of hypertension. The structure of ramipril is similar to that of a proline containing

natural peptide. Till 1999, methods describing the determination of related

substances of ramipril are not listed in USP or Eur Ph. Quite recently, Hogan et al.

have developed and validated a reversed-phase HPLC method for separation of

related substances of ramipril in Altace capsules using an ion-pairing reagent and a

simple two step gradient in a 40 min run time [24].

The usefulness of HPLC is enhanced when it is coupled with mass

spectrometry: a HPLC / time of flight MS method was developed for screening

anabolic steroids in illegal cocktails [25]. A rapid and sensitive HPLC-MS method

was used for the determination of ramipril and ramiprilat in human serum using

enalapril as an internal standard [26]. The assay linearities of ramipril and ramiprilat

were found over the range 0.10 - 100.0 ng ml"' and 0.25 - 100 ng ml"', respectively.

The hyphenated techniques [27] such as LC-MS and LC-NMR have been employed

to identify drug degradation products in pharmaceutical development. Barret et. al.

[28] have reported a validated HPLC-MS/MS method for simultaneous

determination of simvastatin and simvastatin hydroxy acid in human plasma. HPLC-

MS is an excellent tool for estimating minor components under overlapping peaks,

e.g. the identification and quantitation of as low as 0.01% prednisolone in

hydrocortisone [29]. On- line HPLC-NMR, although only few data are available for

its use in pharmaceutical anaysis, is certainly the method for the future even in this

field. For example, using this technique estradiol and norethisterone acetate was

detected in a galenic emulsion [30]. The structure elucidation of impurities in

Page 41: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

21

fluticasone propionate is a good example for the application of on-line HPLC-NMR

[31].

Gas chromatography

Gas chromatography (GC) is based on the volatilized sample transported by

the carrier gas as the moving phase through the stationary phase of the column

where separation takes place by the sorption/desorption process. Samples for gas

chromatographic analysis are normally low molecular weight compounds that are

volatile and stable at high temperature. In this respect, residual solvents in drug

substances and drug products are suitable for gas chromatographic analysis.

Chemical derivatives can also be formed to achieve volatility and thermal stability.

Due to insufficient volatility and thermal stability of the majority of drug

materials, gas chromatography can also be used for their assay in a limited number

of cases only, as reflected by the figures in Table 1.4.

The main application of GC [32] in the determination of impurities in drugs is

the determination of solvent residues [33]. GC is the method of choice for the

determination of volatile, toxic impurities such as N,N- dimethylaniline in

antibiotics [34], 4-chlorophenol in clofibrate [34], and 2,3,7,8- tetrachlorodibenzo-p-

dioxin (down to 2 ppb) in hexachlorophene [34]. GC can be used for the

determination of the synthesis-related impurity dicyclohexylurea in peptides [35]. Of

the limited number of drugs for which GC is prescribed in the pharmacopoeias to

determine their related impurities, biperiden hydrochloride [36], captopril and

griseofulvin [36] clioquinol [37] are mentioned. The case of the purity tests of

desogestrel (13 (3- ethyl-11-methylene-18,19-dinor-17 a-pregen-4-en-20-yn-17-ol)

merits a special mention.

Page 42: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

22

In addition to these, a number of papers have been published on the

applications of gas chromatography in pharmaceutical analysis both in dosage forms

and biologicalfluids [38-41].

GC-MS is an ideal tool for screening purposes. The perindopril and its active

free metabolite have been determined after derivatization [42]. GC-MS has been

utilized for simultaneous determination of formic acid and formaldehyde in

pharmaceutical excipients [43]. GC-MS method [44] was also developed for the

determination of 21 different neutral and weakly basic drugs belonging to several

different medicinal classes like antiphlogistics, beta- blockers, P2-

sympathomimetics, lipid regulators, antiepileptic agents, psychiatric drugs and

vasodialators. The possibility to enhance the applicability of GC and GC-MS in

some of the thermally labile compounds is "supersonic GC-MS" using shorter

capillaries with lower film thickness, an increased carrier gas flow rate and a

decreased temperature. This technique was used to determine several steroids [45].

Thin layer chromatography

The invention and rapid spread of thin layer chromatography (TLC) in the

1960s created an entirely new situation in the field of drug analysis. The reasons for

this are as follows;

(1) The method enables the detection, separation, identification and quantitative

determination of organic impurities, which were up to that time not measurable.

(2) The selective chromatographic method was found to be suitable for the reliable

determination of also the main component.

TLC has been used for screening unknown materials in bulk drugs [46]. It

provides a relatively high degree of assurance that all possible components of drug

are separated. However, its application to bulk drugs is limited owing to the

Page 43: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

23

problems involved in detection systems. This technique has also been used to

analyse polymyxin B, framycetin, and dexamethasone in an ointment [47] and the

contents of drotaverine and nifuroxazide in capsules [48].

High performance thin layer chromatography

Now a days high performance thin layer chromatography (HPTLC) is

becoming a routine analytical technique due to its advantages of low operating cost,

high sample throughput and need for minimum sample clean up. The major

advantage of HPTLC is that several samples can be run simultaneously using a small

quantity of mobile phase unlike HPLC, thus lowering analysis time and cost per

analysis.

HPTLC has been used for the determination of a number of drugs in

pharmaceutical preparations [49-52]. However, the impurities detected by HPTLC

are limited to 0.1%.

Capillary electrophoresis

The advent of fully automated commercially available capillary

electrophoresis (CE) systems has presented the pharmaceutical analyst with a new

and viable analytical alternative to HPLC and TLC. The modern CE instruments are

capable of the required sensitivity and precision, approaching that of HPLC.

Autosamplers and on-line detection allow simultaneous assay of the main

component and related impurities by CE, which is not a feature of TLC.

As in HPLC, there are distinct operational modes for CE and these are

appropriate to specific drugs and drug classes. For instance free- solution CE

(FSCE) using low pH electrolytes is appropriate for water- soluble basic drugs

whilst FSCE with high pH (pH 7-10) electrolytes is appropriate for water-soluble

acidic compounds. The chromatographic-type CE technique of micellar

Page 44: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

24

electrokinetic capillary chromatography (MECC) is applicable to all drug types

including neutral and v/ater- insoluble drugs.

A number of papers have appeared on the use of CE for the determination of

drug impurities due to the advent of highly automated and sensitive capillary

electrophoresis systems. Many pharmaceutical companies are investing heavily in

capillary electrophoresis as this is viewed as a highly complementary technique to

HPLC and the two techniques are often used in combination when assessing drug

purity. The separation mechanisms are widely different in HPLC and CE; being

partitioning and mobility differences, respectively. Therefore, a good agreement

between HPLC and CE results strongly supports a comprehensive evaluation of

sample's purity,

CE can have considerable benefits for analysis of related impurities. Table 1.5

shows a comparison of CE, HPLC and TLC. Specific points from the table are

discussed below.

Combination of HPLC, TLC and CE give widely differing selectivities and

present a good overall assessment of product purity. Preconditioning of CE

capillaries is relatively rapid and is in the order of 2 - 3 min. Often a single capillary

can be used to analyse a range of different compounds, which are separated using

similar electrolytes. Preparation of mobile phase for TLC and HPLC can be a time-

consuming daily task whilst CE electrolyte can be pre-prepared and stored for three

months in many cases. As in HPLC, the use of short columns can considerably

reduce analysis time. The typical CE capillary length is 40 - 60 cm. Reducing this to

20 - 25 cm dramatically reduces analysis time as the field strength (V / cm) is

increased whilst the distance along the capillary to the detector is considerably

shortened. Some resolution is lost [53] but the short capillary gives a good

Page 45: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

Table 1.5 Comparison of HPLC, CE and TLC

25

Sensitivity

Precision at low levels

Low UV wavelength detection

Indirect UV detection

Preparative isolation

Running cost

Sample preparation needs

Main peak assay

Automation

Robustness

Analysis time (1-5 samples)

Analysis time (5-50 samples)

Column etc. costs

Experience

Selectivity

HPLC

+++

+++

+

-

++

+

++

+++

+++

++

+

++

+

+++

++

CE

++

++

+++

++

-

+++

++

++

++

++

++

++

+++

+

++

TLC

++

+

+

-

++

+

++

-

+

++

+

++

+

+

++

Key: - poor, + acceptable; ++ good; +++ excellent

Page 46: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

26

indication of purity and would be useful as a quality control type analysis or an in-

process check.

The capillary format makes operation robust to the nature of the sample matrix

and composition. The capillary can be rinsed with acid and / or base between

injections to remove unquantified sample components. Strongly retained sample

constituents on HPLC may require use of gradients or extensive analysis times. For

example, ranitidine impurities have been determined [54] in syrup formulations

where the samples are simply diluted with water and analysed at low pH. Under

acidic conditions ranitidine and its impurities are protonated and migrate along the

capillary, the excipients are uncharged and are removed from the capillary by

incorporating a rinse step between injections. Also, operation at low UV

wavelengths allows direct monitoring of compounds and impurities having only

limited chromophores. This possibility can eliminate [55] the time-consuming need

to derivatise samples.

The methods generally employ aqueous buffer systems with daily buffer

requirements of ca. 20 ml. This compares very favourably [56] to the cost of

purchase and disposal of the quantities of organic solvents employed in HPLC.

Capillaries are generally plain fused silica and cost a fraction of that of an HPLC

column. Since the selectivity is independent of the capillary, method transfer is

easier as highlighted by a series of successful inter-company method transfer

exercises [57-59].

A recent survey [60] of a number of pharmaceutical companies in both the UK

and US showed that determination of drug impurities constituted 24% of the

workload of CE within pharmaceutical companies. The survey also indicated [60]

Page 47: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

27

that CE method had been successfully included in the marketing submissions to

regulatory authorities.

The majority of attention within the literature has been paid to the purity

testing of batches of drug substances such as domperidone [61], hydrochlorothiazide

[62] and salbutamol [63]. Levels of related impurities have also been established in

pharmaceutical formulations containing various drugs including atenolol [64],

codeine [65], diltiazem [66] and sumatriptan [67].

Analysis of both stored drug substances and formulations constitute a

considerable workload within pharmaceutical analysis laboratories. A number of

stability indicating CE methods have been reported and applied [62, 68] to both

stored drug substance and various formulations.

Capillary electrochromatography

Capillary electrochromatography (CEC), which can be considered to be the

combination of RP-HPLC and CE, has been successfully applied to separation and

quantitation of drugs. The performance of HPLC and CEC was compared using six

steroids (androst-4-ene-3, 17- dione, testosterone, progesterone and the 11 -OH and

20 -OH derivative of the latter). Higher peak efficiencies were obtainable by CEC

[69]. The very promising possibilities of the new technique CEC-MS have been

reviewed with several examples from steroid drugs [70]. The identification of

impurities in fluticasone propionate [71] and the combination of CEC with

nanospray MS with detection limits of 50 fg for corticosteroids merit special

attention [72].

Flow injection analysis

Laboratory automation was initiated in the second half of the XX century.

Steward in the US as well as Ruzicka and Hansen in Denmark, created the flow

Page 48: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

28

injection analysis (FIA) technique for the automation of chemical procedures [73,

74].

The flov^ injection analysis (FIA) involves injection of a measured amount of

liquid sample into a moving, nonsegmented stream of reagent. As the injected

sample plus reagent carrier proceeds down a narrow tube, propelled by a constant

flow pump, the sample develops a coloured species, which is detected by a flow-

through photodetector or a spectrophotometer equipped with tlow-through cells. The

signal generated by a coloured species is a sharp peak with a trailing edge. The

height of the peak is proportional to the concentration of analyte.

Following the general application of computers in the routine laboratory, a

second generation of flow analysis was proposed by Ruzicka and Marshall in 1990,

designated sequential injection analysis (SIA) [75]. As with the FIA, this is a non-

segmented continuous flow technique based on the same principles of controlled

dispersion and reproducible manipulation of the FIA concept, but whose mode of

functioning is based on the concept of programmable flow.

The FIA technique has lent an important contribution to the development of

automation in pharmaceutical analysis and its advantages are well documented in

several review articles [76 - 81] as well as in a specialized monograph [82].

The introduction of SIA has awakened the interest of the scientific community

for automation in the pharmaceutical area [83]. Table 1.6 [84 - 97] shows that many

articles dedicated to pharmaceutical analysis have been published, applying

sequential analysis to a wide variety of matrices, such as solid matrices (tablets,

capsules), pastes (ointments, creams), liquids (emulsions, suspensions, solutions)

and covering various active ingredients with different therapeutic activities. By

benefiting from the advantages in the economy of reagents and the elevated

Page 49: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

29

c o

a

u <u

C

•3 u

_c u

_> u

u o

\o aj 1 — (

u

H

»3

C/3

3 O

'3, J=

t>o a .

Q ^ d V

^ d V

(N d V

-^ d V

r - ^

d V A

tli) c

03

c

c .2 o o

Q

0 0 oo 0 0 00 IT) OO 0 0

00 ON 00 00

o ON

ON ON

'^ c-i

00 rn

o oo

-* rn

0 0 r-^

o • o i n

o • ^

o ^

o >o

• *

( N

^

(N CNI

00 I

o ON

o

o o o

o o

c

o

o d

o o o

X

X

o _ X M M)

X

o o o

o

0 0

s o \o

1

r—.

o d '-^

r

ro

d

00

o 00

O r; aj O

< S

-4—»

(U r-C

^ P.

s <

o C (U

O

'x>

^ u g o

CL

s <

o on C (U in O

'Xi

u C/)

' " • ^

o o ^ C/D

w 0 0

^ ^

i n m i n

0 0

,_

t ^

o i n

GO

VO . - N

•^ s

""" E tr. ^

^ ^

\o r~~-ro

C/D

OD

CO

'S,

o

o I

4—>

— - O 03

H

r^ ;-< O

c3

C/)

"& 6 c« 00

T3 QJ

^ 'S. zn

in

— "BH

c/1

-o <U

^ '5. C/)

&0

(U

X> c3

H

o

C/1

(U

X5 03

H

C/5

<u ^ c« H

C/3

(U

- O 03

H

D

_g 3 C/3

"3 C/l

a 03

T3 C 03

aj

X) 03

H

r—«

o c

T3

1 'o

' N

^

1 OJ C o N

w 03 U

X o 22 y.

O

Page 50: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

ON ON

(N

^ (N

o 00

OJ)

o

O

CO

ON ON ON

m

DO

o o

o o o

o o o

o o -

o V

bii

o o IT) CN

C 5 o o

o o o

o o

o o 00

o

o .s a I

ON NO O N

O V

o V

:_ o

c o o ON

1

o NO

NO

o (N ^ o

a o -a .S

OH I

a

O)

ON

^ (N

r C N I

o NO

>r) •—<

o fo

o ro

LT)

r-

o r-i '—'

en V

o

o

s r-m CO

oo ^ o t/2

a J

O ro NO

Ln

3 C3

H

c3 m ^

c .2 ' t o C p, 3

^ t/5

3 CO

H

o. d

- d r - i

cd

*— -*-' OJ

a o V o. B <

"D.

CTJ IT)

T3

^ 'S. C/D

O

!U

o 3

*—1

s o CD O H

s <

OJ

"S £ ^ CO

Oi

1 -

o c OJ in O 'B

C

c o ON

• J

u

[/I

O

D

lo ; • .

o

CO o o

30

o

> -a

CO

c CO

-a o

X) O}

< Cri

. * ,>N

>-< 0>

s ( J

o -C u rj

• 4 — •

CJ OJ

o. l/J

00

f ) (1)

<u >

CJ (U

H) i «

C o

W c/}

o c (U

o c/5 OJ

C

a ^ •si -C O o 3

Page 51: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

31

sampling rates, the majority of the applications are dedicated to the determination of

active ingredients for quality control in pharmaceutical formulations.

Electrochemical methods

Voltammetry can be carried out using commercially available polarographic

instruments employing the classical polagraphic method (DC polarography) as well

as pusle methods (e.g. DPP). Modern voltammetric instruments with automatic

timing of the individual operations are useful for controlling the individual steps in

adsorptive stripping voltammetry measurements (accumulation time, solution

stirring, rest period, initiation of polarization); a computerized instrument is useful

for this purpose. Square- wave voltammetry (SWV) has become more widely

accessible. Applications of polarography and/or voltammetry in analysis of drugs

have been reviewed in many citations [98 - 102]. In drug analysis, adsorptive

stripping voltammetry (Ad SV) is popular because of the low limit of determination

(reaching few ppb concentration), its accuracy and precision, as well as the low cost

of instrumentation relative to other analytical methods of analysis. Table 1.7 [103-

111] shows the use of voltammetric methods for the determination of drugs.

UV-Visible spectrophotometry

Another group of methods in pharmacopoeias are spectrophotometric methods

based on natural UV-VIS absorption and visual (VIS) spectrophotometric methods

based on chemical reactions such as:

• complex-formation reaction

• oxidation-reduction process

• a catalytic effect

The advantages associated with these methods are low time and labour

consumption as well as good precision. It is worth mentioning that colorimetric

Page 52: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

32

Table 1.7 Voltammetric

Drugs

Nifidipine

Isoxsuprine,

Fenoterol

Doxazosin

Lacidipine

Indapamide

Dopamine

Dopamine

Dopamine

Dopamine

: analysis of drugs

Medium

pHl.5

BR, buffer

pH 6.8

BR buffer, pH6.0

pH4.0

-

pH7.4

Physiologi cal buffer

-

Method

LSV, CV

DCP, DPP, ACP

AdSV, SWV

DPV

DPV,ASV

CV, FIA

AdSV

AdSV

LSV

Working electrode

GCE

Hg

MCPE

GCE

MCPE

Carbon-fibre microelectrodes

Grapliite carbon fibre microelectrode

Rotating dislc GCE

AuME

DL

-

0.02,0.01 Mgml"'

0.233 ppm

3.52 ^M

5nM

-

Down to 10 nM

-

References

[103]

[104]

[105]

[106]

[107]

[108]

[109]

[110]

[111]

Abbreviations:

MCPE = modified carbon paste electrode,

GCE = glassy carbon electrode,

CV - cyclic voltammetry,

LSV = linear sweep voltammetry,

DCP = direct current polarography,

ACP = alternating current polarography,

DPP = differenfial pulsepolarography,

AdSV= adsorptive stripping voltammetry,

SWV = squarewave voltammetry,

DPV = differential pulse voltammetry,

ASV = anodic stripping voltammetry,

FIA= flow injection analysis,

BR = Britton- Robinson buffer

DL = detection limit.

Page 53: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

33

methods based on chemical reactions are still in use for the assay of bulk drug

materials. For example, the blue tetrazolium assay was very popular in the 1950s

and 1960s for the assay of corticosteroid drug formulations, moreover in their

bioassay [112, 113]. However, this method is used for the assay of several bulk

corticosteroids in the recent edition of US Pharmacopoeia (<351> "Assay for

steroids" [18]). Representative examples of UV-visible methods of drug analysis for

some pharmaceuticals that have been published [114-157] are given in Table 1.8.

Page 54: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

34

Table 1.8 Quantitative analysis of drugs in pharmaceutical formulations by UV-visible spectrophotonietric procedures

Name of drug Reagents used I, max (nm) References

Acetoaminopheii Amiodarone

hydrchloride

Amlodipine besylate

Amoxycillin &

ampiciilin

Ampiciliin, amoxycillin

& carbenicillin

Ascorbic acid

Benidipine hydrchloride

Diclofenac sodium

Diltiazem hydrchloride

Famotidine

Flunarizine

dihydrochioride

Irbesartan

Lisinopril

m-Cresol p-Chlorani)ic acid

2,3-Dichloro 5,6- dicyano 1,4-

benzoquinone

p-Chloranilic acid

Ninhydrin in DMF medium

2,3-Dichloro 5,6- dicyano 1,4-

benzoquinone

Ascorbic acid

Potassium lodate

Folin ciocalteau phenol

1 -Ch loro-2,4-d in itrobenzene

Methanol

Tris buffer

Sodium metavanadate

Bromothymol blue

Bromophenoi blue

Bromocresol green

KMn04 in alkaline medium

Ninhydrin

Iodine

640 535

575

540

595

580

530

520

750,770

&750

380

238

2S4, 305

750

415

415

415

610

590

295,355

114 115

115

116

117

118

118

119

120

121

122

123

124

125

125

125

126

127

128

Potassium iodate and iodide in

aqueous medium

7,7,8,8-

tetracyanoquinodimethane

p-Chloranilic acid

Ninhydrin

Ascorbic acid

352

743

129

130

525

595

530

130

131

131

Page 55: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

35

Labetalol hydrchloride

Losartan potassium

Levodopa

Methyldopa

L-dopa

Menadione

Metoprolol tartrate

Mometasone furcate

Nalidixic acid

Nicorandil

Nifedipine

Norfloxacin

Carbinoxamine

Pantoprazole sodium

Perindopril erbumine

Ramipril

Roxatidine acetate

hydrochloride

Silymarin

Sodium nitroprusside &

hydroxylamine hydrochloride

KMn04 in alkaline medium

Ce(IV) nitrate in H2SO4 medium

Ce(IV) nitrate in H2SO4 medium

NaOH

NaOH in the presence of amine

Ninhydrin

Methanol

Persulfate in alkaline medium

Brucine-sulfanilic acid in H2SO4

medium

3-Methyl-2-benzothiazoline

hydrazone HCl-metol

KMn04 in neutral medium

4-Methyl amino phenol and

K2Cr207

Bromocresol green

Bromophenol blue

Bromothymol blue

Eriochrome Black T

KOH in dimethylsulphoxide

Ammonium molybdate

KMn04 in alkaline medium

Cu (II) & eosin

Potassium ferricyanide and

Ammonium ferric sulfate

l-Chloro-2,4-dinitrobenzene in

dimethyl sulfoxide

Potassium iodate and potassium

iodide in aquous medium

2,3-Dichloro-5,6-dicyano-l ,4-

benzoquinone

p-Chloranilic acid

KMn04 in neutral medium

3-Methyl-2-benzothiazoline

695

/ • ' '"•

603

510

550

300

450

595

248

320,390

410

560

530

525

415

415

415

520

430

830

603

538

725

420

352

530

530

530

430

132

133

134

134

135

136

137

138

139

140

140

141

142

143

143

143

143

144

144

145

146

147

148

149

150

150

151

152

Page 56: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

36

Trimethoprim

Tliyroxine

Verapamil HCI

hydrazone HCI

PersLilfate in alkaline medium

Nitrous acid

Chloramine T

N-Bromosuccinimide

Potassium metaperiodate

Tropaeolin 000 No.!

355

420

425

415

425

400

153

154

155

156

157

157

Page 57: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

37

Derivative spectrophotometry

Derivative spectropliotometry (DS), which consists in the differentiation of a

normal spectrum, offers a useful means for improving the resolution of mixtures,

because it enhances the detectability of minor spectral features. DS is an analytical

technique of great utility for extracting both qualitative and quantitative information

from spectra composed of unresolved bands by using the first or higher derivatives

of absorbance with respect to wavelength. The derivative spectra are always more

complex than the zero - order spectrum. The first derivative is the rate of change of

absorbance against wavelength. It starts and finished at zero, passes through zero at

the same wavelength as X,max of the absorbance band with first a positive and then a

negative band, with the maximum and minimum at the same wavelengths as the

inflection points in the absorbance band. This bipolar function is characteristic of all

the odd- order derivatives. The most characteristic feature of the second - order

derivative is a negative band with the minimum at the same wavelength as the

maximum on the zero - order band. It also shows two additional positive satellite

bands on either side of the main band. The fourth derivative shows a positive band.

The presence of a strong negative or positive band, with the minimum or maximum

at the same wavelength as Xmax of the absorbance band, is characteristic of the even-

order derivatives.

Compared with conventional spectrophotometric determination, DS has

proved to be a great value in eliminating the interference from excipients and co-

formulated drugs. The DS represents an elegant approach to the problem of

resolving spectral overlap in pharmaceutical analysis. DS permits the simple, rapid,

sensitive and direct determination of mixtures of drugs having closely overlapping

spectra. In pharmaceutical application, DS has led to significant developments in the

Page 58: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

38

analysis of drugs in the presence of their degradation products or in multi-

component mixtures.

Derivative UV- spectrophotometry was also successfully applied to the

analysis of steroid hormone formulations. In simple cases (single- component

formulations) only the spectral background caused by excipients should be

eliminated. For this purpose first- derivative spectra are usually sufficient. An

example for this is the determination of triamcinolone acetonide in an ointment

[158]. The same technique using the "zero - crossing" method was found to be

suitable for the simultaneous determination of the components of the dual-

component drug formulations such as creams and tablets containing triamcinolone

acetonide and terbinafine hydrochloride [159] and oral contraceptives containing

ethinylestradiol and levonorgestrel [160,161] as well as ethinylestradiol and

gestodene [162]. A zero- crossing second- derivative method was used for the

determination of fluorometholone and tetrahydrozoline hydrochloride [163] as well

as estradiol and medroxyprogesterone acetate [164] in formulations. Another

possibility to improve the selectivity of the method is the use of "ratio spectrum

(zero - cross) derivative spectroscopic" method. Examples for this are the

determination of spironolactone and hydrochlorothiazide [165], hydrocortisone,

nystatin and oxytetracycline [166], cyproterone acetate and estradiol valerate [167]

in pharmaceutical formulations. DS has wide applications in the field of drug

analysis as represented in Table 1.9 [168 - 174].

Page 59: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

Table 1.9 Analysis of compounds in pharmaceutical formulations

39

Compounds Remarks References

Angiotensin-converting enzyme (ACE) inhibitor

Antihypertensive drugs:

alprenolol-hydrochlorothiazide;

hydrochlorothiazide-ramipril;

metoprolol- nifidipine

Amlodipine—its pyridine photodegradation product

Hydrochlorothiazide-irbesarton

Hydrochlorothiazide-losartan potassium

Hydrochlorothiazide-losartan

Hydrochlorothiazide-metoprolol or propranolol

Hydrochlorothiazide-ramipril or spironolactone

Ramipril (third), benazepril (second), enalapril maleate (second), lisinopril (first and second) ,and quinapril (first), in pharmaceutical dosage forms

Use of derivative and derivative compensation techniques to determine a weakly absorbing minor component in the presence of a strongly absorbing major component

Third derivative, the method could usefully be applied to routine quality control of pharmaceutical formulations containing amlodipine

Three methods: (1) compensaUon technique using ratios of the derivative maxima or the derivative minimum. (2) First derivative of the ratio spectra and (3) the absorbance ratio method in the zero- order spectra

Two methods: (1) the amplitude in the first derivative of the ratio spectra at 230.423 and 238.360 nm, respectively and (2) based on compensation technique

Fourth derivative

First and second derivatives, combined formulations

m

Vierordt's method and ratio-zero- crossing derivative

[168]

[169]

[170]

[171]

[172]

[173]

[174]

spectra [165]

Page 60: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

40

Fluorlmetry

Fluorimetry finds wide applications in quantitative studies of rates of

degradation, metabolism, and excretion of drugs where other analytical techniques

are not sufficiently sensitive. The native fluorescence of estrogens enables their

direct fluorimetric determination, e.g. the determination without a preliminary

separation of estradiol valerate in an injection formulation in the presence of

hydroxyprogestrone caproate [175]. However, the main application field of this is

their sensitive HPLC detection.

Measurement based on the fluorescence induced by non-stoichiometric

reactions with various strongly acidic reagents [113,176,177] has almost completely

lost their importance in modern pharmaceutical analysis. However, methanol-

sulphuric acid is still an important spray reagent in the thin-layer chromatographic

analysis of steroid drugs. An interesting, highly specific and sensitive flow injection

analysis method for the determination of fluticasone propionate is based on splitting

with sodium hydroxide of its -CO-S-CH2F side chain to form fluoromethylthiol

which is further reacted with glycine and o-phthalaldehyde. The strongly fluorescent

isoindole derivative is formed in the reaction coil of the FIA apparatus [178].

Infrared spectroscopy

Infrared (IR) spectroscopy is the most generally used method for the

identification of bulk drugs in modern pharmacopoeias [17, 34,179]. In addition to

this, IR spectroscopy, especially fourier- transform IR (FTIR) is one of the most

important methods, together with X-ray powder diffractometry, differential scanning

calorimetry (DSC), thermogravimetry (TGA) and thermomicroscopy to characterize

the solvates and polymorphic modifications frequently occurring among steroid

hormone drugs [180], Conventional IR spectrometry using fused KBr discs is not

Page 61: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

41

suitable for their differentiation due to the easy transformation of the polymorphs

under pressure. On the basis of diffuse reflectance infrared fourier transform

spectroscopy (DRIFTS) and fourier transform Raman spectroscopic investigations

supported by DSC and TGA measurements [181] four different polymorphic forms

[182] and five solvates [183] were identified and characterized. FT-IR studies

combined with all of the above-mentioned solid-phase techniques revealed the

existence of three polymorphs of fluocinolone acetonide [184] as well as two

polymorphs and a hemihydrate of flunisolide [185].

Near-infrared (NIR) spectroscopy and imaging are fast and nondestructive

analytical techniques that provide chemical and physical information of virtually any

matrix. In combination with multivariate data analysis these two methods open

many interesting perspectives for both qualitative and quantitative analysis. In recent

years, NIR spectroscopy has gained wide acceptance within the pharmaceutical

industry for raw material testing, product quality control and process monitoring.

The growing pharmaceutical interest in NIR spectroscopy is probably a direct resuh

of its major advantages over other analytical techniques, namely, an easy sample

preparation without any pretreatment, the possibility of separating the sample

measurement position and spectrometer by use of fiber optic probes, and the

prediction of chemical and physical sample parameters from one single spectrum.

Actually, the major pharmacopoeias have generally adopted NIR techniques.

The European [186] and United States Pharmacopoeia [187], both contain a general

chapter on near-infrared spectrometry and spectrophotometry, respectively. These

chapters address the suitability of NIR instrumentation for use in pharmaceutical

analysis focusmg mainly on operational qualification and performance verification

comprising scale and repeatibility, response repeatibility, photometric linearity and

Page 62: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

42

photometric noise. Only some limited guidance is provided in terms of developing

and validating an application.

Fast and non destructive identification of active ingredients and excipients in

whole tablets, even through the blister packaging, is certainly a domain of NIR

spectroscopy [188 -190]. Generally, the measuring mode is not as critical as with

quantitative applications, except for very thick, highly absorbing tablets and sugar

coated tablets, for which the reflectance mode is recommended to overcome

problems of low analyte signal intensity or even total absorption in transmittance.

Quantitative NIR analysis of active ingredients in tablets has been widely

reported and reviewed in the literature. Within the last 10 years, the number of

publications describing quantitative NIR measurements of active ingredients in

intact tablets has increased tremendously [191 - 205].

Mass spectrometry

In the majority of cases, mass spectrometry is applied in pharmaceutical

analysis associated with various chromatographic techniques. For example, time- of-

flight secondary ion mass spectrometry was successfully applied for the

characterization and imaging of a controlled- released drug delivery system

containing prednisolone sodium metasulphobenzoate. Cross sections of the device

containing a multi- polymer- layer system were proved for the distribution of the

active ingredient [206].

Nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy

The process of preclinical drug discovery consists of two steps; finding of

initial hits (binding ligands to a medicinal relevant target, usually a protein) and lead

optimization. Nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) spectroscopy is a powerful tool

that can provide valuable information to every step of drug development. NMR is

Page 63: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

43

commonly used for characterizing the structure and molecular dynamics of target or

ligand molecules. During the structure-based lead optimization, NMR provides

insight into the structural and dynamical properties of the target-ligand complex

[207]. Recently NMR spectroscopy has been employed for the rapid screening and

compositional analysis of steroid cocktails and veterinary drug formulations illegally

used to livestock. Stanozolol, fluoxymesterone, methylboldenone, norethandrolone,

clobestol acetate, testosterone and its cypionate and decanoate and other steroid

were identified directly or after HPLC fractionation with the aid of a H-NMR

database [208]. When using interrupted decoupling, solid state '^C-NMR is suitable

not only for detecting low-dose active ingredients (among others prednisolone) in

solid dosage forms, but also for discrimination between the two polymorphic forms

of the latter [209].

Circular dichroism spectropolarimetry

The main application field of circular dichroism (CD) spectroscopy is

structural analysis but this technique can be successfully used also for analytical

purposes. The application of this technique for drug analysis has been reviewed

[210]. The profound difference between the ellipticities of ethisterone and its 5-ene

isomer enables their selective determination (ethisterone at 348 nm at its negative

maximum of the CD spectrum) and the isomer at 296 nm at the positive maximum

of the CD curve. When the simultaneous determination was carried out by HPLC,

the spectropolarimeter could act as a CD-detector [211]. The applicability of the CD

method can be enhanced by the use of preliminary chemical reactions.

Kinetic methods

Kinetic automatic methods are good choices for drug analyses as they permit

the sensitive, selective determination of many drugs within a few seconds with no

Page 64: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

44

pretreatment. Moreover, the instrumentation required is generally very simple.

Kinetic methods rely on measurement of concentration changes (detected via signal

changes) in a reactant (which may be the analyte itself) with time after the sample

and the reagents have been mixed. The sample and reagent can be mixed manually

or automatically and the kinetic curve (variation of analytical signal with time) can

be recorded immediately. The slope of the straight initial portion of the kinetic curve

gives the reaction rate, which is proportional to the analyte concentration (initial-rate

method). The fixed-time method also frequently used to derive such a concentration,

involves measuring the signal (the value of which depend on the analyte

concentration) at a pre-set time. The fixed-time and initial-rate methods have been

used more frequently for the determination of drugs in pharmaceutical formulations

and biological fluids [212-214]. Kinetic is relevant to analytical chemistry in at least

four respects:

• it allows the elucidation of the physical, chemical and physico-chemical

mechanisms on which analytical processes are based and hence their rational

optimisation.

• it facilitates the development of new analytical methods and techniques that

are otherwise unattainable if the dynamic aspects are not dealt with.

• it is the foundation of reaction rate method.

• it contributes to the improvement of significant analytical parameters such as

sensifivity, selectivity and precision.

Kinetic automatic techniques are generally based on open systems among the

most popular of which are stopped flow (SF) system [215] and the continuous

addition of reagent (CAR) technique [216-218]. Several drugs have been determined

by using the CAR technique with photometric [219,220] and fluorimetric detection

Page 65: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

45

[221]. The use of catalysts to accelerate analytical reactions is feasible with both

reaction rate and equilibrium determinations. In this concern, the use of micellar

media in kinetic method is recently encouraged to enhance the rate of reaction

(through micellar catalysis) and may additionally improves the sensitivity and

selectivity which in turn reduce the analysis time for the analyte [222-224],

Multicomponent kinetic determinations, often called as differential rate methods, are

also receiving popularity in the field of pharmaceutical research [225,226]. Two new

approaches i.e. kinetic wavelength pair method [227] and H-point standard addition

method [228] have been proposed for dealing with overlapping spectra of

components in the binary mixtures.

VALIDATION STRATEGY

Accuracy and reliability of the analytical results is crucial for ensuring

quality, safety and efficacy of pharmaceuticals. Consequently, analytical validation

has been in the focus of regulatory requirements for a long time [229-236].

However, a sensible validation is also essential from a business perspective because

analytical data are the basis of many decisions such as batch release,

establishment/verification of shelf life, etc.

ICH guidelines should be regarded as basis and philosophy of analytical

validation, not as a check list. "// is the responsibility of the applicant to choose the

validation procedure and protocol most suitable for their product" [230]. Suitability

is strongly connected with the requirements and the design of the given analytical

procedure, which obviously varies and must, therefore, be reflected in the analytical

validation. This includes the identification of the performance parameters relevant

for the given procedure, the definition of the appropriate acceptance criteria, and the

appropriate design of the validation studies. In order to achieve this, the analyst must

Page 66: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

46

be aware of the fundamental meaning of these performance parameters, calculation

and test and their relationship to his specific application. The process for the

development, validation and use of analytical methods is shown in Fig. 1.3.

Parameters for method validation

To be fit for the intended purpose, the method must meet certain validation

characteristics.Typical validation characteristics (Tablel.lO), which should be

considered are: selectivity/ specificity, linearity, range, accuracy, precision, limits of

detection and quantitation, robustness / ruggedness.

Selectivity / Specificity

Slectivty of a method refers to the extent to which it can determine particular

analyte(s) in a complex mixture without interference from other components in the

mixture. The terms selectivity and specificity have often been used interchangeably.

The term specific generally refers to a method that produces a response for a single

analyte only, v 'hile the term selective refers to a method that provides responses for

a number of chemical entities that may or may not be distinguished from each other.

If the response is distinguished from all other responses, the method is said to be

selective. Since very few analytical methods respond to only one analyte, the use of

the term selectivity is more appropriate than specificity. The International Union of

Pure and Applied Chemistry (lUPAC) has expressed the view that "Specificity is the

ultimate of selectivity". The lUPAC discourages use of the term specificity and

instead encourages the use of the term selectivity.

The selectivity of the analytical method must be demonstrated by providing

data to show the absence of interference with regard to the degradation products,

synthetic impurities and the matrix (excipients present in the formulated product at

their expected levels).

Page 67: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

47

Calibration model, range and linearity

Define performance specifications

Devise development experiments

Execute and evaluate results

Plan method validation experiments

Precision and accuracy

Analyte stability

Collate results

Write validation report

Apply validated method

Fig.1.3. The process of development, validation and routine use of an analytical method.

Page 68: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

48

Table 1.10 Validation characteristics normally evaluated for the different types of test procedure and the minimum number of determinations required (if applicable).

Validation

characteristics

Specificity''

Linearity

Range

Accuracy

Precision

Repeatability

Intermediate

Precision/ rep­

roducibility''

Detection limit

Quantitation

limit

Minimum

number

-

5 concentrations

-

9 determinations

over 3 concen­

tration levels

(e.g. 3 X 3)

6 determinations

at 100% or

9 determinations

over 3 concen­

tration levels

(e.g. 3 X 3)

2-series

-

-

Test procedure

Identity

Yes

No

No

No

No

No

No

No

Impurities

Quantitative

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

No"

Yes

Limit

Yes

No

No

No

No

No

Yes

No

Assay^

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

No

No

^ Including dissolution, content potency Lack of specificity of one analytical procedure could be compensated by other

supporting analytical procedure (s). ' Intermediate precision sufficient for submission. May be needed in some cases.

Page 69: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

49

Linearity

The linearity is thie ability of analytical procedure to produce test results which

are proportional to the concentration (amount) of analyte in samples within a given

concentration range, either directly or by means of a well- defined mathematical

transformation. Linearity should be determined by using a minimum of six standards

whose concentration span 80 - 120% of the expected concentration range.

The essential question to be answered is on the suitability of the calibration

mode to be used in the test procedure. The requirements and the relevant parameters

for the various calibrations are given in Tablel.ll.

It should be noted that in most cases only a qualitative statement is needed.

For example, if a single point calibration (external standard) is aimed at, the

requirements are a linear response function and the zero intercept. If these

prerequisites are fulfilled, the actual figures for the standard error of slope or the

confidence interval of the intercept, for example, are not used further or referred to.

Therefore, it makes no sense to repeat linearity investigations on other days or with

other operators [237J. However, care should be taken to remain within the linear

range of the individual detector used but this information can be obtained from the

equipment qualification.

The linearity of a method should be established by visual inspection of a plot

of analytical response as a function of analyte concentration. If there is a linear

relationship, test results should be evaluated by appropriate statistical methods, for

example, by calculation of the regression line by the method of least squares. In

some cases, the test data may need to be subjected to a mathematical transformation

prior to regression analysis.

Page 70: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

50

Table 1.11 Requirements for different calibration modes with relevant parameters

Quantitation Requirements Relevant parameters

Single-point calibration

External standard

Multiple-point calibration Linear, unweighted

Linear, weighted

Linear function

Non-significant

ordinate intercept

Homogenity of

variances"

Linear function

Homogenity of

variances

Linear function

Standard error of slope (residual

standard deviation), sensitivities

(relative standard deviation,

graph), residual analysis,

statistical tests (vs. quadratic

regression).

Inclusion of zero in confidence

interval of the ordinate intercept,

magnitude of the intercept (as

percent of the signal 100% test

concentration).

F-test of the variances at the

lower and upper limit of the

range.

Standard error of slope (residual

standard deviation), sensitivities

(relative standard deviation,

graph), residual analysis,

statistical tests (vs. quadratic

regression).

F-test of the variances at the

lower and upper limit of the

range.

Standard error of slope (residual

standard deviation), sensitivities

(relative standard deviation,

graph), residual analysis,

Page 71: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

51

Non-linear

100 % -method (area

normalization for

impurities):

Continuous function

For main peak: linear

function

Non-significant

ordinate intercept

Homogenity of

variances"

For impurities: linear

function

statistical tests (vs. quadratic

regression).

Appropriate equation

Standard error of slope (residual

standard deviation), sensitivities

(relative standard deviation,

graph), residual analysis,

statistical tests (vs. quadratic

regression).

Inclusion of zero in confidence

interval of the ordinate intercept,

magnitude of the intercept (as

percent of the signal 100% test

concentration).

F-test of the variances at the

lower and upper limit of the

range.

Standard error of slope (residual

standard deviation), sensitivities

(relative standard deviation,

graph), residual analysis,

statistical tests (vs. quadratic

regression).

May be presumed for a limited range (factor 10-20).

Page 72: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

52

Range

The specified range is normally derived from the linearity studies. The range

of an analytical procedure is the interval between the upper and lower concentration

(amount) of analyte in the sample for which it has been demonstrated that the

analytical method has suitable levels of precision, accuracy and linearity. This is

illustrated in Fig. 1.4.

Accuracy

The accuracy of an analytical method is defined as the degree to which the

determined value of analyte in a sample corresponds to the true value. Accuracy

may be measured in different ways and the method should be appropriate to the

matrix. The accuracy of an analytical method may be determined by any of the

following ways:

• Analysing a sample of known concentration and comparing the measured value

to the 'true' value. However, a well characterized sample (e.g. reference

standard) must be used.

• Spiked- placebo (product matrix) recovery method. In the spiked- placebo

recovery method, a known amount of pure active constituent is added to

formulation blank [sample that contains all other ingredients except the active

(s)], the resulting mixture is assayed, and the results obtained are compared with

the expected result.

• Standard addition method: In the standard addition method, a sample is assayed,

a known amount of pure active constituent is added, and the sample is again

assayed. The difference between the results of the two assays is compared with

the expected answer.

Page 73: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

53

[y]

Instrumental response (signal)

Signal blank

Dynamic Range < • ,

Concentration [X]

Fig.1.4. Useful range of an analytical method: LOQ = Limit of quantitative measurement and LOL = Limit of linear response

Page 74: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

54

• Accuracy may also be determined by comparing test results with those

obtained using another validated test method.

In both method (spiked- placebo recovery and standard addition method),

recovery is defined as the ratio of the observed result to the expected result

expressed as a percentage.

The accuracy of a method may vary across the range of possible assay values

and therefore, must be determined at several different fortification levels. The

accuracy should cover at least three concentrations in the expected range.

Precision

According to ICH, the precision is the closeness of agreement (degree of

scatter) between a series of measurements obtained from multiple sampling of the

same homogeneous sample under the prescribed conditions and may be considered

at three levels:

• repeatability

• intermediate precision

• reproducibility

Repeatability

Repeatability is the precision obtained by independent test results with the

same method on identical test material in the same laboratory by the same operator

using the same equipment within short interval of time. It is also termed as intra-

assay precision [238, 239]. Sometimes it is also termed as within run or within day

precision.

Intermediate precision

Intermediate precision expresses within-laboratories variations: different

days, different analysts, different equipment etc. [240]. The International

Page 75: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

55

Organization for Standardization (ISO) definitions used the term "M-factor different

intermediate precision" where the M-factor expresses the number of factors

(reference standard, operator, equipment, laboratory or time) that differ between

successive determinations [241]. Intermediate precision is.sometimes also called

between-run, between-day or inter-assay precision. ^ l-r- /^/^/^Z~~^^^'-

Reproducibility

* • • " ^ , > " '

Reproducibility is the precision obtained within the same mfethod on identical

test material in different laboratories with different operators using different

equipments [242].

Limits of detection and quantitation

Limit of detection (LOD) determines the lowest amount of analyte that can be

detected, as it (the analyte) yields instrumental response greater than a blank, but

cannot be quantified. It is a parameter of "limit test" and expected to produce a

response, which is significantly different fi-om that of a blank. On the other hand

limit of quantitation (LOQ) is a parameter of "determination test" and can be defined

as the lowest concentration of the analyte that can be measured and quantified with

acceptable precision and accuracy.

The most common definition of LOD and LOQ is the analyte concentration

for which the signal exceeds that for a realistic analytical blank by three and ten

times of the standard deviation, respectively. Several approaches have been given in

the ICH guidelines to determine the detection and quantitation limits (Tablel.l2).

Robustness/Ruggedness

ICH [243] defines the "robustness/ruggedness" of an analyfical procedure as

a measure of its capacity to remain unaffected by small, but deliberate variation in

method parameters and provides an indication of its reliability during normal usage.

Page 76: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

Table 1.12 Approaches for determining the detection and quantitation [242]

56

Approach Detection limit Quantitation limit

Visual evolution Minimum level detection Minimum level

quantifiable

Signal-to-noise 3:lor2:l 10:

Standard deviation of

the response (So) and -; - x CS Vb

the slope(b) 10.0 X (So)/b

'^Verification with suitable number of samples. ^ Standard deviation of the blank, residual standard deviation of the calibration line, or standard deviation of the intercept.

Page 77: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

57

Ruggedness is a measure for the susceptibility of a method to small changes

that might occur during routine analysis like small changes of pH values, mobile

phase composition, temperature etc. Full validation must not necessarily include

ruggedness testing; it can, however, be very helpful during the method development

/ prevalidation phase, as problems that may occur during validation are often

detected in advance. Ruggedness should be tested, if a method is supposed to be

transferred to another laboratory [244].

STATISTICAL ANALYSIS

Recent trend [245-248] in the pharmaceutical analysis emphasizes the use of

statistical analysis and evaluation of the method against statistical parameters like

correlation coefficient, variance, errors and confidence limits, limit of detection and

sensitivity, standard deviation, 7' and 'F' values, standard deviation of slope and

intercept etc. A brief discussion is given here.

Correlation coefficient

When using instrumental methods, it is often necessary to carry out a

calibration process by using a series of samples (standard) each having a known

concentration of analyte. Two statistical procedures should be applied to the

calibration curve:

• test whether the graph is linear or in the form of a curve

• find the best straight line (or curve) through the data points

Linearity is often tested by correlation coefficient, 'r', which can be

calculated for a calibration curve to ascertain the degree of correlation between the

measured instrumental variable and the sample concentration.

Page 78: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

58

riLx^y.-Ix^y.^

^5p?F(ioWFfe^

where,

X = mean of all the values of Xj

y - mean of all the values of >'i

n = number of data points.

The maximum value of 'r' is 1. When this occurs there is exact correlation

between the two variables (x and y). When the value of 'r' is zero (xy = 0), there is

complete independence of the variables. The minimum value of 'r' is - 1 , indicates

that the assumed dependence is opposite to what exists. As a general rule,

0.90<r<0.95 indicates a fair curve, 0.95<r<0.99 as a good curve, and r>0.99 includes

excellent linearity.

Linear least squares

The best straight line through a series of experimental points is that line for

which the sum of the squares of the deviation of the points from the line is

minimum. Besides, determining a straight line, uncertainties in the use of calibration

graph for analysis of unknown samples can be specified by this method of least

squares. The equation of the straight line is

A = a + bC

where

A= instrumental response (i.e. absorbance)

b=slope

a=intercept

Page 79: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

59

C= concentration of the standards in the spectrophotometric calibration.

To obtain the regression Vine A on C, the sJope 'b' of the line and the

intercept 'a' on the y-axis are given by the following equations

b

a -

Zx,'-[(Zx,)V«]

Y.y, -bY^x.

n

where

X\ = individual value of concentration

_>'i =individual value of absorbance corresponding to Xj

X = mean value of concentration

y - mean value of absorbance

n = number of data points in the calibration line

Errors in the slope and intercept

s _ \ny,~yy n-2

Once the value So has been obtained, both the standard deviation of the

intercept Sa and the slope Sb can be calculated from the following equations:

S a = S , , Ix!

s = 'b a , ^

Page 80: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

60

w h e r e ^ — 1 ^ ^ ]

n

Error in the concentration

n l /2 s ' b

i . i . ^y-yy n b'I.ix-xy

vv'here x and y are the average concentration and absorbance values,

respectively, for 'n' standard solutions.

Confidence limit for the slope and intercept

It determines whether the slope and/or intercept of a line differ significantly

from a particular or predicted value. It can be calculated as,

b ± / Sb (for slope)

and/or

a ± ? Sa (for intercept)

where

/= tabulated't' value at desired confidence level for (n-2) degrees of freedom.

Limits of detection and quantitation

Limit of detection (LOD)/ Limit of quantitation (LOQ) are defined as the 3.3

and 10 fold, respectively of the standard deviation of the calibration line. The values

are converted to a concentration by the slope of a corresponding calibration line.

s LOD = 3.3 X —

Page 81: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

61

s L O Q = 10 X

Equilance testing

An important property of an analytical method is that it should be free from

the systematic error (bias). Determining bias involves analyzing one or more

standard reference materials whose analyte concentration is known. However,

random errors make it unlikely that, the measured amount will equal to the known

amount even v/hen no systematic errors are present. In order to decide whether the

difference between the observed and standard values can be accounted for by

random variation, a statistical test i.e. a significance test is used for the interpretation

of analytical data.

• Student's /-test: Here comparison is made between two sets of replicate

measurements made by two different methods; one is the test method while

other is accepted (reference method).

where,

X1 = mean from the test method

X2 = mean from the accepted (reference) method

«1 & «2 = number of measurements

Sp=pooled standard deviation of the individual measurements of two sets

is given by

s = I E ( X , -X^f +Z(X2 -X^)'

^ V «, +^2 ~ 2

Page 82: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

62

A statistical /-value is calculated and compared with a tabulated value for the

given number of tests at the desired confidence level. If / cai>Aab then there is

significant difference between the results obtained by the two methods at the given

confidence level, but if /cai<' tab then there is no significant difference between the

methods. It is an accuracy-indicating test.

• F-Test: This test indicates whether there is a significant difference between

the two methods (i.e. the new method and the accepted reference method). It

can be represented as,

where

Si and 82= standard deviation of method 1&2.

The calculated value of 'F' is compared with the tabulated standard value at

the selected confidence level and degrees of freedom. If Fcai>Ftab then there is

significant difference between the two methods. It is a precision indicating test.

Interval hypothesis

For pharmaceutical analysis, a bias of ± 2.0 % is acceptable [234] and can be

calculated statistically [249].

For example, a test method (method 2) is considered acceptable if its true mean

value is within that of the reference method (method 1), i.e.

-0.02 ^i< ((12-|ii)< 0.02^1

this can be written as

0.98 <^2 / | i i< 1-02

which can be generalised to

Page 83: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

63

0L < \x.2l\i^ < Ou

where 9L and 9u represents the lower and the upper acceptance limits,

respectively when \X2 is expressed as the proportion of the reference mean |ii.

Statistically, OL and 9u can be calculated from the relation

G' c2 .2 A

— 2 p tab X,

V n

20X|X2 +

J

g2,2 ^ — 2 '-^p''tab X2

V n = 0

2 ;

The lower limit (0L) and the upper limit (0u) of confidence interval are obtained

as

0L =

0u =

- b -

- b -

-Vb^ 2a

fVb^

-4ac

-4ac

2a

where, a = X, "^ p *• tab

-2x,x.

c = X2 -2 '-'p'-tab

n-

where x, and Xj estimates of \i\ and )i2 based on ni and n2 measurements

respectively. Sp is the pooled standard deviation and /tab is the tabulated one sided t-

value, with ni+n2-2 degrees of freedom at the specified level of significance.

Testing for outliers

When a series of replicate measurements of same quantity are made, one of

the results will appear too different markedly from the other. There is then a great

temptation to discard this "outliers" before calculating the mean and the standard

Page 84: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

64

deviation of tlie data or applying statistical tests to compare the data with other

measurements. The best known method for this purpose is Dixon's Q-test.

_ I Suspected value - Nearest value | [Largest value - Smallest value]

If Qcai Qtab at a given confidence level, then the outliers can be rejected.

Page 85: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

65

CLASSIFICATION OF DRUGS

All the drugs according to their chemical nature can be divided into organic

and inorganic compounds. They can be prepared synthetically or reconstituted from

natural sources product. All the drugs having medicinal importance can be broadly

divided into tv/o classes.

Chemical classification

The drugs are classified according to their chemical structure and properties

without taking the pharmacological action. In this class most of the drugs are having

at least an organic substrate; further classification is done in the relevant manner.

Pharmacological classification

In this class the drugs are divided according to their action on the organism's

organ (viz. heart, brain, lymphatic system, respiratory system, endocrine system,

central nervous system etc.) Hence these drugs are called cardiovascular, narcotics,

analgesics, antibiotics, diuretics, and anaesthetics etc. Further classification of each

group is done according to the therapeutic/pharmacological specificity with the

relevant organ. A detailed classification of drugs based on pharmacological action

on human orga.ns has been given in Scheme 1.1.

Antihypertensive drugs

Anti-hypertensive drugs are used to help control blood pressure in people

whose blood pressure is too high. Blood pressure is a measurement of the force with

which blood moves through the body's system of blood vessels. Although everyone's

blood pressure goes up and down in the course of a typical day-getting higher when

they are active and going down when they sleep. Some people have blood pressure

that stays high all the time. This condition is known as hypertension. Hypertension

is not the same as nervous tension. People who have high blood pressure are not

Page 86: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

66

1 •

c o

w c ^ to C <u S

O >^ is c/o C/3

« J

J2 3 03 (U

> o 03 U

>> c =3 o +-' C aj

O

1) c

'C ( • )

T3 C

W

t/i

3 O > fl)

2 m U

c V

U

p: V t/2 K ^

M

s m >-, IT)

<-\ U

t/1

> (/)

c m C/3

n o ^

m C O

-*~i

03 t/1

C

(U

>

X 03

t/1

0/)

c

03

>;

C

03 C

c 03 -> .2 c

a Q

<

CO > -

O 03

o o S ca ^

« l i£ aj - a DO > ,

o ,^ '5b ® u «

^ -2 -o « .S »J c ob

<! oJ

s

C/5

c

c a;

s -a 3

u

C O W) 03

u a o

- o _a ' u <u fin

o t.

I E w . u *=*

i I 1) o

c/2

OX)

3 jn

1/1

.S 'C o D. V)

_o 03 a <u U

t/)

03

<

CO

CO (U

03

•h^

, „ 'S t2 >-

5 ^ oD a .

T3 < ftb

dJ

^ CJ

(U

c 03

JS

u s 3 '

CO. U

t/7 <u c

_o "o _c '3 cr o o 3

c/>

o o

_>. "Hb o

<

t/)

03

O

t/1 00 3

Q

c/1 00 3

a:

Xi u

Page 87: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

67

necessarily tense, high-strung or nervous. They may not even be aware of their

condition.

Being aware of high blood pressure and doing something to control it are

extremely important. However, untreated, high blood pressure can lead to diseases

of the heart and arteries, kidney damage, or stroke, and can shorten life expectancy.

Treatments for high blood pressure depend on the type of hypertension. Most cases

of high blood pressure are called Essential or Primary Hypertension, meaning that

the high blood pressure is not caused by some other medical condition. For most

people with primary hypertension, it is difficult to figure out the exact cause of the

problem. However, such hypertension usually can be controlled by some

combination of anti-hypertensive drugs and changes in daily habits (such as diet,

exercise, and v/eight control).

In people with Secondary hypertension, the high blood pressure may be due to

medical problems such as kidney disease, narrowing of certain arteries, or tumors of

the adrenal glands. Correcting these problems often cures the high blood pressure,

and no further treatment is needed. Controlling primary hypertension, on the other

hand, is usually a life-long commitment. Although people may be able to reduce the

amount of medicine they take as their blood pressure improves, they usually must

continue taking it for the rest of their lives. Many different types of drugs are used,

alone or in combination with other drugs, to treat high blood pressure. The major

categories are:

• Angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibitors (ACE): ACE inhibitors work by

preventing a chemical in the blood, angiotensin 1, from being converted into a

substance that increases salt and water retention in the body. These drugs also

make blood vessels relax, which further reduces blood pressure.

Page 88: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

68

• Angiotensin II receptor antagonists: These drugs act at a later step in the

same process that ACE inhibitors affect. Like ACE inhibitors, they lower

blood pressure by relaxing blood vessels.

• Beta blockers: Beta blockers affect the body's response to certain nerve

impulses. This, in turn, decreases the force and rate of the heart's contractions,

which lowers blood pressure.

• Blood vessel dilators (Vasodilators): These drugs lower blood pressure by

relaxing muscles in the blood vessel walls.

• Calcium channel blockers: Drugs in this group slow the movement of

calcium into the cells of blood vessels. This relaxes the blood vessels and

lowers blood pressure.

• Diuretics: These drugs control blood pressure by eliminating excess salt and

water from the body.

• Nerve blockers: These drugs control nerve impulses along certain nerve

pathways. This allows blood vessels to relax and lowers blood pressure

The present thesis deals with the determination of some antihypertensive drugs such

as Metoprolol tartrate; Labetalol hydrochloride; Ramipril and Perindopril erbumine

in pharmaceutical formulations.

Page 89: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

69

METOPROLOL TARTRATE ((CisHjsNOa):- C4H6O6)

Metoprolol tartarate, 2-Propanol l-[4-(2-methoxyethyl) phenoxy]-3-[(l-

methyIethyl)amino]-, (±)-, [ R-( R*, R*)]-2,3-dihydroxybutanedioate (2:1) (salt)

[CAS No. 56392-17-7] is a P- selective adrenoceptor antagonist. , It is used in the

treatment of cardiovascular disorders such as hypertension, angina pectoris, cardiac

arrhythmias and myocardial infarction. Metoprolol tartrate is commercially available

as 50 and 100 mg. tablets for oral administration and ampoules for intravenous

administration. Metoprolol tartrate is a white, practically odourless, crystalline

powder with a molecular weight of 684.81. It is very soluble in water, freely soluble

in methylene chloride, chloroform and alcohol; slightly soluble in acetone and

insoluble in ether. The (S)- enantiomer of this agent exhibits 33- times more potency

than (R) - enantiomer in the heart [250]. However, a recemic form of this agent is

used for the treatment of the disease [251]. It is mainly eliminated by hepatic

oxidative metabolism. About 85% of an administered dose is excreted in the urine as

metabolites, with a small amount of the unchanged parent compound [252]. In

human the metabolic pathways of metoprolol are a-hydroxylation, o-dimethylation,

(Fig, 1.5) and oxidative deamination. The a-hydroxylation pathways contributes to

the elimination of only 10% of the dose but it results in the formation of the

pharmacologically a-hydroxy-metoprolol, with 1/10 of the potency of metoprolol in

reducing exercise heart rate [252,253]. The formation of a-hydroxy metoprolol has

the potential to yield diastereomeric products because a new chiral center is formed

upon benzylic hydroxylation [254].

Page 90: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

70

H./OH

OCH3

METOPROLOL

H..OH O. N

^

OH

0-DEMETHYLMETOPROLOL

OCH-

a- HYDROXYMETOPROLOL

Fig. I.f5, Major pathways of metoprolol metabolism in man

Page 91: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

71

LABETALOL HYDROCHLORIDE (C,9H24N203 • HCI)

Labetalol hydrochloride is chemically known as 2-hydroxy-5-[l-hydroxy-2-

[(l-methyl-3-phenylpropyl) amino] ethylj-benzamide hydrochloride (CAS No.

32780-64-6, M.W. 364.87). It is a white or almost white powder and soluble in

water and alcohol; insoluble in dichloromethane and ether. A 1.0% solution (w/v) in

water is clear and its pH varies between 4.0 and 5.0.Labetalol is unique drug with

complex pharmacological properties exhibiting combined ai and P- adrenoceptor

antagonist properties and partial [ii- agonist activity [255-257]. Labetalol, an

antihypertensive, has been used in the management of pregnancy-induced

hypertension or pre-eclampsia.

Labetalol has two asymmetric centers resulting in four stereoisomers,

designated RR, SS, SR and RS (Fig. L6). The drug is supplied as an approximately

equicomponent mixture of all four isomers, Labetalol is a weak base (pKa= 8.3) and

is administered as the hydrochloride salt. Labetalol exerts reversible and competitive

ai- and ji- blocking activity [258,259] and is approximately one- fourth as potent as

propranolol in blocking y5-receptors and one- tenth as potent as phentolamine in

blocking a\- receptors.

Labetalol is metabolized predominantly in the liver, the metabolites being

excreted in the urine together with only small amounts of unchanged labetalol; its

major metabolite has not been found to have significant a- or ^-adrenoceptor

blocking effects. Excretion also occurs in the feaces via the bile. The elimination

half-life at steady state is reported to be 8 hours. Following intravenous infusion, the

elimination of half- life is about 5.5 hours. Labetalol is not removed by dialysis.

Page 92: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

72

H,NOa ^CHjNH CH2CH2-

Labetalol

R" R" R"

RR- isomer: SS- isomer; SR-isomer: RS-isomer:

OH H H OH

H OH OH H

H CHi H

CH3

CH, H

CH^ H

Fig. 1.6, Structure of labetalol and proposed pharmacological activity of its 4 stereoisomers

b- Non- selective beta-adrenoceptor blocking activity

b2- Selective beta2- adrenoceptor agonist activity

aj - Selective betal- adrenoceptor blocking activity

* Denotes chiral center

Page 93: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

73

In hypertension labetalol hydrochloride is usually given in an initial dose of

] 00 mg twice daily by mouth with food, gradually increased if necessary according

to the response of the patient and standing blood pressure, to 200 to 400 mg twice

daily; total daily doses of 2.4 g have occasionally been required. An initial dose of

50 mg twice daily has been recommended for elderly patients.

RAMIPRIL(C23H23N2 05)

Ramipril, 2-[N-[(S)-l-ethoxy carbonyl-3-phenyl propyl]-L-alanyl]-(lS, 3S,

5S)-2-azabicyclo [3,3,0]-octane-3-carboxylic acid [CAS No. 87333-19-5, M.W.

416.51] is an angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibitor (ACE).It is a prodrug, which

is rapidly hydrolysed after absorption to form the active metabolite ramiprilat (Fig.

1.7). Ramipril itself is a poor inhibitor of ACE. Ramiprilat exerts all known

haemodynamic effects by inhibiting ACE, thereby decreasing circulating levels of

angiotensin II and leading to a reduction in vasopressor activity and a decrease in

peripheral vascular resistance (Fig. 1.8).

It is used in the treatment of hypertension, heart failure and following

myocardial infarction to improve survival in patients with clinical evidence of heart

failure. It is also used to reduce the risk of cardiovascular events in patients with

certain risk factors. In the treatment of hypertension an initial dose of 1.25 mg once

daily is given by mouth. Since there may be a precipitous fail in blood pressure

when starting therapy with an ACE inhibitor, the first dose should preferably be

given at bed time. The usual maintenance dose is 2.5 to 5.0 mg daily as a single

dose, although upto 10 mg daily may be required. Following myocardial infarction,

treatment with ramipril may be started in hospital 3 to 10 days after the infarction at

a usual initial dose of 2.5 mg twice daily, increased after two days to 5 mg twice

daily. The usual maintenance dose is 2.5 to 5 mg daily. 1 ^

Page 94: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

74

..n\\H

C—OH

„a\\H

C—OH

B

Fig. 1.7. Structural formula of (A) Ramipril and (B) Ramiprilat

Page 95: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

75

Chymase Trypsin Peptidase

Angiotensin II

AT, AT,

Vasoconstriction . Renal sodium reabsorption

, Cell growth and proliferation (remodelling)

.Vasodilation

. Apoptosis

. Differentiation

. Antiproliferation

Inactive peptides

Fig. 1.8. Simplified representation of the renin-angiotensin-system.

AT 1= angiotensin 11 receptor subtype 1;

AT2= angiotensin II receptor subtype 2;

BK= bradykinin receptor.

Page 96: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

76

PERINDOPRIL ERBUMINE (CgHjiNzOs • C4H„N)

Perindopril erbumine is the tert-butylamine salt of perindopril, the ethyl ester

of non-sulphhydryl angiotensin-conerting enzyme (ACE) inhibitor. It is chemically

described as (2S,3aS,7aS)-l-[(S)-N-[(S)-l-Carboxy-butyl]alanyl]hexahydro-2-

indolinecarboxyilc acid, 1-ethyl ester , compound with tert-butylamine(l:-l). Its

molecular formula is Ci9H32N20fi • C4H11N. Its structural formula is:

HOOC.

• H2N-C(CH3)3

Perindopril erbumine is a white, crystalline powder with a molecular weight of

368.47 (free acid) or 441.61 (salt form). It is freely soluble in water (60% w/w),

alcohol and chloroform.

Perindopril, a free acid form of perindopril erbumine, is a pro-drug and

metabolized in vivo by hydrolysis of the ester group to form perindoprilat, the

biologically active metabolite. Perindopril has five asymmetric centers. The drug is

synthesized stereoselectively so that it is a single enantiomer (all S stereochemistry).

Perindopril erbumine is commercially availabe in 2 mg, 4 mg and 8 mg tablets

for oral administration. In addition to perindopril erbumine, each tablet contains the

following inactive ingredients: colloidal silica (hydrphobic), lactose, magnesium

stearate and microcrystalline cellulose. The 4 mg and 8 mg tablets also contain iron

oxide.

Perindopril erbumine is a pro^drug for perindoprilat, which inhibits ACE in

human subjects and animals. The mechanism through which perindoprilat lowers

Page 97: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

77

blood pressure is believed to be primarily inhibition of ACE activity. ACE is a

peptidyl dipeptidase that catalyzes conversion of the inactive decapeptide,

angiotensin I, to the vasoconstrictor, angiotensin II. Angiotensin II is a potent

peripheral vasoconstictor, which stimulates aldosterone secretion by the adrenal

cortex, and provides negative feedback on renin secretion.Inhibtion of ACE results

in decreased plasma angiotensin II, leading to decreased vasoconstriction, increased

plasma renin activity and decreased aldosterone secretion. The latter results in

diuretics and natriuresis and may be associated with a small increase of serum

potassium.

Perindopril is extensively metabolized following oral administration, with

only 4 to 12% of the dose recovered unchanged in the urine. Six metabolites

resulting from hydrolysis, glucuronidation and cyclization via dehydration have

been identified. These include the active ACE inhibtor, perindoprilat (hydrolyzed

perindopril) perindopril and perindoprilat glucuronides, dehydrated perindopril and

the diastereoisomers of dehydrated perindoprilat. In human, hepatic esterase appears

to be responsible for the perindopril.

Perindopril erbumine is indicated in patients with stable coronary artery

disease to reduce the risk of cardiovascular mortality or non-fatal myocardial

infarction. It can be used with conventional treatment for management of coronary

artery disease, such as antiplatelet, antihypertensive or lipid-lowering therapy.

Perindopril erbumine is also indicated for the treatment of patients with essential

hypertension. It may be used or given with other classes of antihypertensive,

especially thiazide diuretics.

Pf

Page 98: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

78

[!] J. A. DiMasi, Clin. Pharmacol. Therap. 69 (2001) 286.

[2] ICH: Ql A, Stability testing of new drug substances and products (1993).

[3] FDA: Ql A, Stability testing of new drug substances and products (2001).

[4] ICH: Q3A (R), Draft revised guidance on impurities in new drug substances 65

(2000)45085.

[5] T. N. Riley, Steric aspects on drug action, US Pharmacist 23 (1998) 40.

[6] ICH: Q3C, Guidelines for residual solvents 62 (1997) 67377.

[7] P. Zanowial<, Encyclopedia of Chemical Technology, In: (edited by Kirk -

Othmer) vol. 18, 4"' edition, Wiley, Chichester (1996) 480.

[8] ANDAs, Impurities in drug products, Guidance for Industry, US Food & Drug

Administration, Center for Drug Evaluation and Research, Department of Health

and Human Services (1998).

[9] ICH: Q3 A, Impurities in new drug substances (1996).

[10] ICH: Q3 B, Impurities in new drug products (1997).

[11] The United States Pharmacopoeia, 24 USP, Convention Inc. Rockville, (2000),

p. 1876 and p. 2049.

[12] K. K. M;aggon, A. Mechkovsi, Drug News Perspect. 5 (1992) 261.

[13] F. Erni, P. Helboe, Pharma Times 10 (1996) 9.

[14] D. Saletan, Creative Troubleshooting in the chemical process Industries,

Blackie Academic Professional, New York (1996) 284.

[15] S. Gorog, Anal. Bioanal. Chem. 1>11 (2003) 852.

[16] N. Rahman, S. N. H. Azmi, H. F. Wu, Accred Qual. Assur. 11 (2006) 69.

Page 99: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

79

[17] The European Pharmacopoeia, 4" edition, Council of Europe, Strasbourg,

(2002).

[18] United States Pharmacopoeia, 27'' edition. The USP Convention

lnc.,Ro'Ckville, MD (2004).

[19] N. Rahman, M. Singh, M. N. Hoda, IL Farmaco 60 (2005) 569.

[20] H. R. N. Marona, C. C. G. 0. Lopes, S. G. Cardoso, Acta Farm. Bonaerense 22

(2003)339.

[21] K. Basavaiah, V. S. Charan, Oxid. Commun. 26 (2003) 351.

[22] F. A. E!-Yazbi, A.A. Gazy, H. Mahgoub, M. A. El-Sayed, R. M. Youssef, J.

Pharm. Biomed. Anal. 31 (2003) 1027.

[23] V. Marinkovic, D. Agbaba, S. Vladimirov, S. Stankovic, J. Pharm. Biomed.

Anal. lA{im\) 992,.

[24] B. L. Hogan, M. Williams, A. Idiculia, T. Vesyoglu, E. Parente, J. Pharm.

Biomed Anal. 23 (2000) 637.

[25] M.W. F. Nielen, J. P. C. Vissers, R. E. M. Fuchs, J. W. van Velde, L. Lommen,

Rapid Commun. Mass Spectrom. 15 (2000) 1577.

[26] X. -Y. Lu, J. -Z. S.-Tu, Jian Liu, J. Pharm. Biomed Anal. 40 (2006) 478.

[27] C. Pan, F. Liu, Q. Ji, W. Wang, D. Drinkwater, R. Vivilecchia, J. Pharm.

Biomed Anal. 41 (2006)581.

[28] B. Barrett, J. Huclova, V. B.-Dohalsky, B. Nemec, L Jeiinek, J. Pharm.

Biomed Anal. 4] (2006)517.

[29] M. Mulholland, T. J. Whelan, H. Rose, J. Keegan, J. Chromatgr. A 870 (2000)

135.

Page 100: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

80

[30] T. Glaser, K. Albert, J. Sep. Sci. 25 (2002)393.

[31] N. Mistiry, 1. M. Ismail, M. G. Smith, J. K. Nicholson, J. C. Lindon, J. Pharm.

Biomed. Anal. 16(1997)697.

[32] A. Lauko, Identification and determination of impurities in drugs. In: (edited

by S. Gorog) Elsevier, Amsterdam, (2000) 183.

[33] J. Bertram, Identification and determination of impurities in drugs. In: (edited

by S. Gorog) Elsevier, Amsterdam, (2000) 409.

[34] The United States Pharmacopoeia, 26 USP Convention Inc, Rockville (2003).

[35] A. Lauko, S. Gorog, J. Chromatogr. 118(1976) 409.

[36] European Pharmacopoeia 4" edition. Council of Europe, Strasbourg (2003).

[37] British Pharmacopoeia , The Stationery office, London (2000)

[38] A. Kankaapaa, T. Gunnar, K. Ariniemi, P. Lillsunde, S. Mykkanen, T. Sepala,

J. Chromatogr. 5 810 (2004) 57,

[39] M. -J. Rocheleau, M. Titley, .1. Bolduc, J. Chromatogr. B 805 (2004) 77.

[40] A. J. Kueh, P. J. Marriott, P. M. Wynne, J. H. Vine, J. Chromatogr. A 1000

(2003) 109.

[41] E.M. Lima, D.G.A. Diniz, N.R.A. Filho, J. Pharm. Biomed Anal. 38 (2005)

678.

[42] C. Tsaconas, M. Devissaguet, P. Padieu, J. Chromatog. B: Biomed. Sci. &

^/^p/. 488(1989)249.

[43] M.-A. Barrio, J. Hu, P. Zhou, N. Cauchon, J. Pharm. Biomed Anal 41(2006)

738.

Page 101: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

8!

[44] T. A. Thomas, R. Hirsch, J. Mueller, K. Haberer, Fresenius J. Anal. Chem. 362

(1998)329.

[45] A. B. Fialkov, A. Gordin, A. Amirav, J. Chromatogr. A 991 (2003) 217.

[46] G. Szepesi, S. Nyiredy, Pharmaceuticals and drugs, Hand Book of thin layer

chromatography, In: (edited by .1. Sherma, B. Fried) 2"' edition, Marcel

Dekker, New York (1996) 819.

[47] J. Krzek, A. Maslanka, P. Lipner,./. AOAC Int. 88 (2005) 1549.

[48] M. M. Ayad, N. F. Youssef, H. E. Abdellatif, S. M. Soliman, Chem. Pharm.

Bull. 54 (2006) 807.

[49] N. Kaul, H. Agrawal, B. Patil, A. Kakad, S. R. Dhaneshwar, IL Farmaco 60

(2005)351.

[50] C. Sullivan, J. Sherma, J. AOAC Int. 88 (2005) 1537.

[51] N. Kaul, S. R. Dhaneshwar, H. Agrawal, A. Kakad, B. Patil, J. Pharm. Biomed.

Anal. 37 (2005) 27.

[52] M. Yonamine, M. C. Sampaio, Legal Med 8 (2006) 184.

[53] K. D. Altria, J. Chromatogr. 636 (1993) 125.

[54] K. D. Altria, M. M. Rogan, J. Pharm. Biomed Anal. 8 (1990) 1005.

[55] C. L. Flurer, K. A. Wolnik, J. Chromatogr. A 663 (1994) 259.

[56] E. M, Cohen, R. G. Bell, Pharm. Form. 20 (1994) 7870.

[57] K. D. Altria, R. C. Harden, M. Hart, J. Hevizi, P. A. Hailey, J. Makwana, M. J.

Portsmouth, J, Chromatogr. 641 (1993) 147.

[58] K. D. Altria, N. G. Clayton, R. C. Harden, M. Hart, J. Hevizi, J. Makwana, M.

J. Portsmouth, Chromatographia 39 (1994) 180.

Page 102: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

82

[59] K. D. Altria, N. G. Clayton, R. C. Harden, M. Hart, J. Hevizi, J. Makwana, M.

J. Portsmouth, Chromatographia 40 (1995) 47.

[60

[61

[62

[63

[64

[65

[66

[67

[68

[69

[70

[71

[72

[73

[74

[75

K. D. Altria, M. Kersey, IG-CG (1995) 40.

A. Pluym, W. Van Ael, M. De Smet, Trends Anal. Chem. 11 (1992) 27.

B. R. Thomas, X. G. Fang, X. Chen, R. J. Tyrell, S. Ghodbane, J. Chromatogr.

5 657(1994)383.

K. D. Altria, J. Chromatogr. 634 (1993) 323.

A. Shafaati, B. J. Clark, ^«a/. Proc. 30 (1993)481.

M. Korman, J. Vindevogel, P. Sandra, J. Chromatogr. 645 (1993) 366.

H. Nishi, T. Fiikuyama, M. Matsiio, S. Terabe, J. Chromatogr. 513 (1990) 279.

K. D. Altria, S. D. Filbey, J, Liq. Chromatogr. 16 (1993) 2281.

B. R. Thomas, S. Ghodbane, J. Liq. Chromatogr. 16 (1993) 1983.

R. B. Taylor, S. Vorarat, R. G. Reid, S. P. Boyle, R. R. Moody, J. Capillary

Electrophor. 6(1999) 131.

S. J. Lane, Identification and determination of impurities in drugs In: (edited

by S. Gorog ) Elsevier, Amsterdam (2000) 359.

S. J. Lane, R. Boughtflower, C. Paterson, T. Underwood, Rapid Commun.

Mass Spectrom. 9(1995) 1283.

R. N. Warriner, A. S. Craze, D. E. Games, S. J. Lane, Rapid Commun. Mass

Spectrom. 12(1998)1143.

K. K. Stewart, G. R. Beecher, P. E. HaK, Anal. Biochem. 70 (1976) 167.

J. Ruzicka, E. H. Hansen, A7a/. Chim. Acta 78 (1975) 145.

J. Ruzicka, G. D. Marshall, Anal Chim. Acta 237 (1990) 329.

Page 103: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

83

[76] R. Karlicek, P. Solich, M. Polasek, J. Flow Injection Anal. 11 (1994) 45.

[77] J. M. Calatayud, S. S.Vives, F. S. Roche, Quim. Anal. 9 (1990) 1.

[78] J. M.Calatayud, J. V. G. Mateo, Pharm. Technol. Int.A (1992) 17.

[79] J. M.Calatayud, J. V. G. Mateo, Pharm. Technol. Int. 4 (1992) 30.

[80] M. [. Evagen'ev, S. Y. Garmonov, L. S. Shakirova, J. Anal. Chem. 56 (2001)

313.

[81] P. Fletcher, K. N. Andrew, A. C. Calokerinos, S. Fobes, P. J. Worsfold,

Luminescence-Chichester 16(2001) 1.

[82] J. M. Calatayud, Flow injection analysis of pharmaceuticals. Automation in the

laboratory, Taylor & Francis, London (1996).

[83] G. D. Christian, J. Pharm. Biomed Anal. 10(1992) 769.

[84] R. 1. Stefan, J. F. Van Staden, H. Y. A. Enein Biosens. Bioelectron. 15 (2000)

1.

[85] R. 1. Stefan, J. F. Van Staden, H. Y. A. Enein Talanta 51 (2000) 969.

[86] R. 1. Stefan, J. F. Van Staden, H. Y. A. Enien^ina/. Chim.ActaAW (2000)51.

[87] A. M. Pimenta, A. N. Araujo, M. C. B. S. M. Montenegro, Anal. Chim. Acta

438(2001) 1.

[88] P. D. Tzanavaras, D. G. Themelis, A. Economou, G. Theodoridis, Microchim.

Acta 142(2003)55.

[89] N. W. Beyene, J. F. Van Staden, R. I. Stefan, H. Y. Aboul- Enien, IL Farmaco

60(2005)613.

[90] C. K. Zacharis, P. D. Tazanavaras, D. G. Themelis, G. A. Theodoridis, A.

Economou, P. G. K\gdiS Anal. Bioanal. Chem. 379 (2004) 759.

Page 104: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

84

[91] A. Chisvert, A. Salvador, M. C. Pascual-Marti, J. G. March, Fresenius J. Anal.

Chem. 369(2001)684.

[92] A. Salvador, A. Chisvert, A. Camarasa, M. C. Pascual-Marti, J. G. March,

Analyst 126(2001) 1462.

[93] J. K. F. Van Staden, M. M. Tsanwani, Talanta 58 (2002) 1095.

[94] R. Burakham, S. Duangthong, L. Patimapornlert, N. Lenghor, S. Kasiwad, L.

Srivichai, S. Lapanantnoppakhun, J. Jakmunee, K. Grudpan, Anal. Sci. 20

(2004) 837.

[95] R. I. Stefan, J. F. Van Staden, C. Bala, H. Y. A. Enien J. Pharm. Biomed Anal.

36(2004)889.

[96] H. Pasekova, M. Polasek Talanta 52 (2000) 5.

[97] J. M. Kauffmann, J. C. Vire, Anal. Chim. Acta 111 (1993) 329.

[98] A. Z. Abu Zuhri, W. Voelter, Fresenius J. Anal. Chem. 1 (1998) 360.

[99] G. J. Patriarche, J. C. VnQ,Anal. Chim. Acta 196 (1987) 193.

[ 100] L. G. Chatten, J. Pharm. Biomed. Anal. 1 (1983) 491.

[101] W. F.Smyth, A. D.Woo!fson,y. C/wP^arOT.r^er. 12(1987)117.

[102] P. M. Bersier, J. Bersier,/i«a/y.yr 113(1988)3.

[103] Z. Galus, Fundamentals of Electrochemical Analysis, 2"' edition Polish

Scientific PWN, Warsaw (1994).

[104] J. Wang, B. A. Freiha, ^?7a/. Chem. 55 (1983) 1285.

[105] L. N. Rodringues, M. V. Zanoni, A. G. Fogg, J. Pharm. Biomed. Anal. 21

(1999)497.

Page 105: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

85

[106] J. A. Squella, A. E. Iribarren, J. C. Sturm, L. J. Nunez- Vergara, J. AOAC Int.

82(1999) 1077.

107] A. Radi, J. Pharm.Biomed. Anal 24 (2001)413.

108] B. D. Bath, D. J. Micheal, B. J. Trafton, J. D. Joseph, P. L. Runnels, R. M.

"Nightman, Anal. Chem. 72 (2000) 5994.

;i09] K. D. Kozminski, D. A. Gutman, V. Davila, D. Sulzer, A. G. Ewing, Anal

Chem. 70(1998)3123.

10] C. Earles, J. O. Schenk,/^«a/. Biochem. 264 (1998) 191.

I l l ] R. R. Chellappan, O. Takeo, J. Electroanal Chem. 496 (2001) 44.

112] S. Gorog, Gy. Szasz, Analysis of steroid harmone drugs, Elsevier,

Amsterdam (1978)

13] S. Gorog, Quantitative analysis of steroid, Elsevier, Amsterdam, (1983)

14] S. Z. Qureshi, A. Saeed, N. Rahman, Chem. Anal 37 (1992) 227.

15] N. Rahman, N. A. Khan, S. N. H Azmi, Anal. Scl 20 (2004) 1231.

16] N.Rahman, S.N. H. Azmi, Anal. 5c/. 16 (2000) 1353

17] N. Rahman, S. N. H. Azmi, IL Farmaco 56 (2001) 731.

18] N. Rahman, M.N. Hoda, J, Pharm. Biomed Anal 31 (2003) 381.

19] M. 1. H. Helaleh, N. Rahman, R. M. A. Q. Jamhour, Chem. Anal (Warsaw)

42(1997)261.

:i20] A. S. Ahmad, N. Rahman, F. Islam, J. Anal Chem. 59 (2004) 119.

121] S.Z. Qureshi, A. Saeed, S.Haq, N.Rahman,/l/7o/. Lc //. 23 (1990) 995.

122] R. T. Sane, M. Phadke, P. S. Hijji, M. Shah, P. Patel, Indian Drugs 35 (1998)

79.

Page 106: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

86

[123] !. Kramancheva, 1. Dobrev, L. Brakalov, A. Andreeva, Anal. Lett. 30 (1997)

2235.

24] N. Rahman, S. N. H. Azmi, Microchem. J. 65 (2000) 39.

25] N. Rahman, S. N. H.Azmi, J. Pharm. Biomed. Anal. 24 (2000) 33.

26] N. Rahman, M. Kashif, Anal &/, 19 (2003) 907.

27] N. Rahman, M. Kashif, IL Farmaco 58 (2003) 1045.

28] A. F. M. El Walily, A. El Gindy, A. A. M. Wahbi, J. Pharm. Biomed. Anal.

13(1995) 115.

29] N. Rahman, M. R. Siddiqui, S. N. H. Azmi, Chem. Pharm. Bull. 54 (2006)

626.

30] N. Rahamn, N. Anwar, M. Kashif, IL Farmaco 60 (2005) 605.

31] N.Rahman, M.Singh, M.N. Hoda, J. 5raz. C/?ew.5oc. 16(2005)1001.

32] N: Rahman, M. Singh, M.N. Hoda, Chin. J. Chem. 23 (2005) 1.

33] N. Rahman, M.R. Siddiqui, S.N.H. Azmi, J. Chin. Chem. Soc. 53 (2006) 735.

34] M. I. H. Helaleh,N. Rahman, E.S.M. Abu^ameh, Anal. Sci.U (1997) 1007.

35] M. I. H. Helaleh, N. Rahman, R. M. A. Q. Jamhour, E. S. M. Abu Nameh, J.

Pharm. Biomed. Anal. 16 (1997) 269.

36] M. 1. H. Helaleh, N. Rahman, R. M. A. Q. Jamhour, Annali di chimica

(Rome) 86 (1996) 509.

37] N. Rahman, Y. Ahmad, S. N. H. Azmi, Chem. Anal 50 (2005) 769.

38] D. Pal, U.K. Mazumdar, M. Gupta, Indian J. Hasp. Pharmacy 39 (2002) 227.

39] M. 1. H. Helaleh, S. Z. Qureshi, N. Rahman, R. M. A. Q. Jamhour, Acta

Poloniae Pharmaceutica-Drug Research 54 (1997) 111.

Page 107: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

87

140] N. Rahman, N. A. Khan, S. N. H Azmi, IL Farmaco 59 (2004) 519.

141] N.Rahman, S.N. H. Azmi,/(ctoP/7arm, (Zagreb) 49 (1999) 113.

142] N. Rahman, M. N. Hoda, ILFarmaco 57 (2002) 435.

143] N. Rahman, N. A. Khan, S.N.H. Azmi, ILFarmaco 59 (2004) 47.

144] N. Rahman, S.N.H. kzm\, Ada Biochim. Pol. 52 (2005) 915.

145] N. Rahman, Y. Ahmad, S.N.H. Azmi, Eur. ./. Pharm. Biopharm. 57 (2004)

359.

146] A. A. Ramadan, H. MmdW, Anal. Biochem. 353 (2006) 133.

147] N. Rahman, Z. Bano, S.N.H. kzm\,Anal. Sci. 22 (2006) 983.

148] N. Rahman, N. Anwar, M. Kashif, Chem. Pharm. Bull. 54 (2006) 33.

149] N. Rahman. Y. Ahmad, S. N, H. Azmi, AAPS PharmSci Tech. 06 (2005)

E543.

150] N. Rahman, M. Kashif,./, Anal Chem. 60 (2005) 636.

151] N. Rahman, N. A. Khan, S. N. H. Azmi, Pharmazie 59 (2004) 112.

152] N. Rahman, Y. Ahmad, S. N. H. Azmi, Can. J Anal. Sci. Spec. 50 (2005) 116.

153] S. Z. Qureshi, M. 1. H. Helaleh, N. Rahman, R. M. A. Q. Jamhour, Fresenius

J. Anal. Chem. 357(1997) 1005.

154] S. Z. Qureshi, M. I. H. Helaleh, N. Rahman, R. M. A. Q. Jamhour, Chem.

Anal. (Warsaw) 42 (1997) 65.

155] N. Rahman, M. N. Hoda, Anal Bioanal. Chem. 374 (2002) 484.

156] N. Rahman, S. N. H Azmi, ILFarmaco 59 (2004) 529.

157] N. Rahman, N. A. Khan, S. N. H. Azmi, Science Asia 31 (2005) 341.

Page 108: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

88

[158] E. R. M. Kedor- Hackmann, E. A. S. Gianottto, M. 1. R. M. Santoro, Anal.

Lett. 30(1997) 1861.

[159] Y. S. El - Saharty, N. Y. Hassan, F. H. Metwally,^. Pharm. Biomed. Anal. 28

(2002) 569.

[160] J.J. Berzas, J. Rodriguez, G. Castaneda,/Jm/y-s'/ 122(1997)41.

[161] S. Tatar, S. Atmaca, Pharmazie 51(1996) 4.

[162] J. J. Berzas, J. Rodriguez, G. Castaneda, F. J. G. Bernardo, Anal. Lett. 30

(1997)2221.

[163] T. G. Altuntas, F. Korkmaz, D. Nebioglu, Pharmazie 55 (2001) 1.

[164] M. 1. Toral, C. Soto, P. Richter, A. E. Tapia, J^O^C/w/. 85 (2002) 883.

[165] ^.Exk,Anal. Lett. 32(1999) 1371.

[166] J. M. L. Gallego, J. P. kxxoyo, Anal. Chim. Acta 460 (2002) 85.

[167] E. Dine, C. Yucesoy, 1. M. Palabiyik, 0. Ustundag, F. Onur, J. Pharm.

Biomed. Anal. 32 (2003) 1.

[168] D. Bonazzi, R. Gotti, V. Andrisano, V. Cavrini, J. Pharm. Biomed. Anal. 16

(1997)431.

[169] H. H. Abdine, F. A. El-Yazbi, R. A. Shaalan, S. M. Blaih, STP Pharm. Sci. 9

(1999)587.

[170] G. Ragno, A. Garofalo, C. Vetuschi, J. Pharm. Biomed Anal. 27 (2002) 19.

[171] N. Erk, Pharmazie 58 (2003) 543.

[172] N. Erk, J. Pharm. Biomed Anal. 24 (2001) 603,

[173] C. Vetuschi, A. Giannandrea,/l«a/. Lett. 36 (2003) 1051.

Page 109: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

89

[174] C. V. N. Prasad, V. Bharadwaj, V. Narsimhan, R. T. Chowdhary, P. Parimoo,

J.AOACInt. 80(1997)325.

[175] D. N. Xie, J. H. Ge, Q. T. Lan, R. G. Yu, Zhongguo Yaoke Daxue Xuebao 23

(1992) 122.

[176] Steroid analysis in the pharmaceutical industry In: (edited by S. Gorog) Ellis

Horwood, Chichester (1989).

[177] J. Bartos, M. Pesez, Colorimelric and Jluorimetric analysis of steroids

Academic Press, London (1976).

[178] C. Vannecke, A. N. M. Nguyet, M. S. Bloomfield, A. J. Staple, Y. V.

Heyden, D. L. Massart, J. Pharm. Biomed Anal. 23 (2000) 291.

[179] The Japanese Pharmacopoeia 14" edition, Society of Japanese

Pharmacopoeia, Tokyo (2001).

[180] E. G. Salole, Advances in steroid analysis In; (edited by S. Gorog) 90'

edition Akademiai Kiado, Budapest (1991) 473.

[181] G. A. Neville, H. D. Beckstead, J. D. Cooney, Fresenius J. Anal. Chem. 349

(1994)746.

[182] G. A. Neville, H. D. Beckstead, H. F. Shurvell, J. Pharm. Sci. 81 (1992)

1141.

[183] H. D. Beckstead, G. A. Neville, H. F. Shurvell, Fresenius J. Anal. Chem. 345

(1993)727.

[184] M. Bartolomei, M. C. Ramusino, P. Ghetti, J. Pharm. Biomed. Anal. 15

(1997) 1813.

[] 85] M. Bartolomei, J. Pharm. Biomed Anal. 24 (2000) 81.

Page 110: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

90

[186] European Pharmacopoeia 4" edition, Council of Europe, Strasbourg (2001) p.

55.

[187] United States Pharmacopoeia, USP26NF21, Convention Inc., Rockville

(2003) p. 2388.

[188] M. A. Dempster, J. A. Jones, 1. R. Last, B. F. McDonald, K. A. Prebbe, J.

Pharm. Biomed. Anal. 11 (1992) 1087.

[189] P. K. Aldridge, R. F. Mushinsky, M. M. Andino, C. L. Evans, Appl.

Spectrosc. A% {\99A) 1272.

[190] N. Sondermann, K. -A. Kovar, Forensic Sci. Int. 106 (1999) 147.

[191] A.C. Moffat, A.D.Trafford,R.D. Jee, P. Graham,/i;7o/y.s/ 125(2000) 1341.

[192] J. Gottfries, H. Depui, M. Fransson, M. Jongeneelen, M. Josefson, F. W.

Langkilde, D. T. Witte, J. Pharm. Biomed. Anal. 14 (1996) 1495.

[193] S. S. Thosar. R. A. Forbess, N. K. Ebube, Y. Chen, R. L. Rubinovitz, M. S.

Kemper, G. E. Reier, T. E. Wheatley, A. J. Shukla, Pharm. Dev. Technol. 6

(2001) 19.

[194] J. L. Ramirez, M. K. Bellamy, R. J. Romanach, Pharm. Sci. Tech. 2 (2001) 1.

[195] M. Blanco, J. Coello, A. Eustaquio, H. Iturriaga, S. Maspoch, J. Pharm. Sci.

88(1999)551.

[196] M. Blanco, A. Eustaquio, J. M. Gonzalez, D. Serrano, J. Pharm. Biomed.

Anal. 22 (2000) \39.

[197] T. Li, A. D. Donner, C. Y. Choi, G. P. Frunzi, K. R. Morris, J. Pharm. Sci. 92

(2003)1526.

Page 111: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

91

[198] M. Blanco, J. Coello, H. Iturriaga, S. Maspoch, C. de la Pezuela, Anal. Chim.

y cto 333 (1996) 147.

[199] K. Molt, F. Zeyen, E. P. -Fopp, Pharm. Ind 58 (1996) 847.

[200] B. R. Buchanan, M. A. Baxter, T.-S. Chen, X.-Z. Quin, P. A. Robinson,

Pharm. Res. 13(1996)616.

[201] P. Merckle, K.-A. Kovar, J. Pharm. Biomed. Anal. 17 (1998) 365.

[202] A. Eustaquio, P. Graham, R. D. Jee, A. C. Moffat, A. D. Trafford, Analyst

123(1998)2303.

[203] A. D. Trafford, R. D. Jee, A. C. Moffat, P. Gxdi\\2^n\, Analyst 124 (1999) 163.

[204] P. Corti, G. Ceramelli, E. Dreassi, S. Matti, Analyst 124 (1999) 755.

[205] Y. Chen, S. S. Thosar, R. A. Forbess, M. S. Kemper, R. L. Rubinowitz, A. J.

Shukia, Drug Dev. Ind Pharm. 27 (2001) 623.

[206] A. M. Belu, M. C. Davies, J. M. Newton, N. Patel, Anal. Chem.ll (2000)

5625.

[207] M. Heller, H. Kessler, Pure Appl. Chem. 73 (2001) 1429.

[208] A. Lommen, R. Schilt, J. Weseman, A. H. Roos, J. W. van Velde, M. W. F.

Nielen,y, Pharm. Biomed Anal. 28 (2002) 87.

[209] P. J. Saindon, N. S. Cauchon, P. A. Sutton, C.-J. Chang, G. E. Peck, S. R.

Byrn, Pharm. Res. 10 (1993) 197.

[210] A. Gergely, Analytical applications of circular dichroism In: (edited by N.

Purdie, H. G. Brittain) Elsevier, Amsterdam (1994) p. 293.

[211] D. Szegvari, P. Horvath, A. Gergely, S. Nemeth, S. Gorog, Anal. Bioanl.

Chen?. 375 (2003) 7]3.

Page 112: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

[212

[213

[214

[215

[216

[217

[218

[219

[220

[221

[222

[223

[224

[225

[226

[227

[228

92

S. M. Ahmad, Mansoura J. Pharm. Sci. 19 (2003) 1.

M. I. Walash, M.E.-S. Metwally, A.M. El-Brashy, A.A. Abdelal, IL Farmaco

58(2003) 1325.

H. M. Saleh, Mansoura J. Pharm. Sci. 18 (2002) 7.

L. de la Pena, A. G.-Hens D. P.-Bendito,^«fl/. Chim. Acta 283 (1993) 471.

R.}.-?v\Qlo,M-S\\\a, Analyst 123(1998)2389.

R. J.-Prieto, M. SWva, Anal. Chim. Acta 389 (1999) 131.

C. Hervas, S. Ventura, M. Silva, D. Perez-Bendito,./ Chem. Inf. Comput. Sci.

38(1998) 1119.

M. Marquez, M. Silva, D. P.-Btndko, Anal. Chim. Acta 231 (1990) 353.

M. Marquez. M. Silva, D. P.-Bendilo, ./. Pharma. Diomed. Anal. 8 (1990)

563.

M. Marquez, M. Silva, D. P.-Bendito,^/ia/. Lett. 22 (1989) 2485.

L. M.-Pons, L. A.-Rodriguez, J. E.-Romero, M.C. G.-A.-Coque, Anal. Lett.

32(1999)51.

X. R. Huang, W. J. Zhang, S. H. Han, G. Y. Hu, Chin. Chem. Lett. 10 (1999)

51.

C. A. Georgiou, M. A. Koupparis, T. P. Hardjiiionnov, Talanta. 38 (1991)

689.

S.M. Sultan, A. D.Walmsley,/i«a/yi7 122(1997) 1601.

Y. -Z. Ye, Y. Luo, Lab. Rob. Autom. 10 (1998) 283.

J. M. Pena, S. Rubio, D. Perez-Bendito,/^na/, Chim. Acta. 244 (1991) 81.

A. Afkhami, N. Sarlak, Acta Chim. Solv. 52 (2005) 98.

Page 113: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

93

[229] ICH: Q2A, Text on validation of analytical procedures, October (1994).

[230] ICH: Q2B, Validation of analytical procedures; Methodology, November

(1996).

[231 ] ICH: Q3A, Impurities in new drug substances, March (1995).

[232] ICH: Q3A, Impurities in new drug products, November (1996).

[233] ICH: Q6A, Specification: Test procedures and acceptance criteria for new

drug substances and new drug products, October (1999).

[234] Canada Health Protection Branch, Drug Directorate Guidelines: Acceptable

methods, Ministry of National Health and Welfare, Draft, Ottawa, Canada

(1992).

[235] CDEFL Guideline on Validation of Chromatographic methods. Reviewer

Guidance of Chromatographic methods, US Food and Drug Administration,

Centre for drugs and Biologies, Department of Health and Human Services,

(1994).

[236] Draft Guidance Analytical Procedures and Methods Validation. US Food and

Drug Administration, Centre for drugs and Biologies, Department of Health

and Human Services (2000).

[237] J. C.-Gautier, J. M. Nivet, P. Algranti, M. Guilloteau, M. Histe, M. Lallier, J.

J. N'Guyen-Huu, R. Russotto, S. T. P. Pharma Pratiques 2 (1992) 205.

[238] M. Thompson, S. Ellison, R. Word, Pure Appl. Chem.lA (2002) 835.

[239] The United States Pharmacopoeia, USP 26, USA (2003) 2439.

[240] V. Gridinic, J. Vokovie. J. Pharm. Biomcd. Anal. 35 (2004) 489.

Page 114: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

94

[241] International Organisation for Standardization. Accuracy (Trueness and

Precision) of Measurement Methods and Results. ISO/DIS (1994) 5725.

[242] R. Causon, J. Chromatogr. B. 689 (1997) 175.

[243] H. T. Karnes, G. Shiu, V. P. Shahl, Pharm. Res. 8 (1991)421.

[244] Y. V. Heyden, F. Questier, D. L. Massart, J. Pharm. Biomed. Anal. 18 (1998)

43.

[245] M. Howard, J. Pharm. Biomed. Anal. 33 (2003) 7.

[246] B. P. Braian, S.W. Craig, Drugs and the Pharmaceutical Sci. 141 (2004) 165.

[247] C. Yi-Feng, W. Yu-Tian, Li-Xiang, F. Shianshi, Pharmaceutuical Analysis

(II) 37 (2004) 72.

[248] H. Ludwig, Validation of analytical methods and processes. Drugs and the

Pharmaceutical science. Pharmaceutical process validation (International 3'

edition) 129(2003)507.

[249] C. Hartmann, J. Smeyers-Verbeke, W. Pinninckx, Y. V. Heyden, P.

Vankeerberghen, D. L. Massart, y wo/. Chem. 67 (1995) 4491.

[250] J. A. Nathanson, J. Pharmacol. Exp. Ther. 245 (1988) 94.

[251] G. Wahlund, V. Nerme, T. Abrahamsson, P. 0. Sjoquist, Br. J. Pharmacol.

99(1990)592.

[252] C. G. Regardh, G. Johnsson, Clin. Pharmacok. 99 (1980) 557.

[253] S. S. Murthy, H. U. Shetty, W. L. Nelson, P. R. .lackson, M. S. Lennard,

Biochem. Pharmacol. 40 (1990) 1637.

[254] H. U. Shetty, W. L. Nelson, J. Med Chem. 31 (1998) 55.

Page 115: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

95

[255] J. B. Farmer, I. Kennedy, G. P. Levy, R. J. Marshall, Br. J. Pharmacol. 45

(1972)660.

[256] I. Kennedy, G. P. Levy, Br. J. Pharmacol. 53 (1975) 585.

[257] J. R. Carpenter, J. Pharm. Pharmacol. 33 (1981) 806.

[258] R. T. Brittain, G. P. Levy, Br. J.Clin. Pharmacol. 8 (1976) 681.

[259] J. Mehta, J.N. Cohn, Circulation 55 (1977) 370.

Page 116: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

96

CHArTER-2 VALIDATED KINETIC

SPECTROPHOTOMETRIC METHOD FOR THE

DETERMINATION OF METOPROLOL

TARTRATE IN PHARMACEUTICAL

FORMULATIONS

Page 117: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

97

INTRODUCTION

Metoprolol tartrate is a selective P-adrenergic antagonist, which is used in the

treatment of cardiovascular disorders such as hypertension, angina pectoris, cardiac

arrhythmias and myocardial infarction. The drug is quite sensitive, even a small dose

of the drug gives sufficient blockade. Since the P-blockers are also misused as

doping agents in sports and therefore these drugs have been added to the list of

forbidden drugs by the International Olympic Committee (IOC) [1]. Therefore, the

development of an analytical method for the determination of metoprolol tartrate is

of great significance.

The assay of the drug is listed in the monograph of British Pharmacopoeia,

which describes a potentiometric titration method [2]. Several analytical methods

have been developed for the determination of metoprolol in biological fluids and

pharmaceutical formulations based on high performance liquid chromatography [3-

11], gas chromatography [12,13], capillary electrophoresis [14], thin layer

chromatography [15,16], infrared spectroscopy [17], and electrochemical methods

[18,19]. The above mentioned techniques are sensitive but expensive and require

laborious clean up procedure prior to analysis. Spectrophotometry is the technique

of choice even today due to its inherent simplicity and therefore, frequently used in

the laboratories of the developing countries to overcome versatile analytical

problem. The drug has been determined in the visible region based on ion-pair

formation between drug and reagents like oxidized quercetin [20]; bromophenol

blue, bromocresol purple, bromocresol green [21]; benzyl orange [22]; bromothymol

blue [23]; and carbon disulfide-copper chloride [24]. The charge transfer

complexation reactions of metoprolol tartrate with a and 7c-acceptors [24, 25] have

also been utilized for its quantification in pharmaceutical formulations. Shingbal and

Page 118: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

98

Bhangle [26] have reported a spectrophotometric method based on the reaction of

drug with 2, 4-dinitrofluorobenzene in HCl / dioxan medium to form a coloured

chromophore, which absorbs maximally at 380 nm. The quantification of metoprolol

tartrate was done on treatment of the drug with ammonium metavanadate [27], FeCls

[28], N-bromosuccinimide [29], and a mixture of KNO3 and H2SO4 followed by

addition of alkali to get coloured chromophore [30]. The literature is still poor in

analytical procedures based on kinetic spectrophotometry for the determination of

drug in pharmaceutical preparations. There is, therefore, a need for a simple and

sensitive kinetic spectrophotometric method for the determination of metoprolol

tartrate in pharmaceutical formulations. It was found that potassium permanganate

oxidizes the metoprolol in alkaline medium and this reaction has not been used

before to quantify the drug spectrophotometrically.

This chapter describes a simple and sensitive kinetic spectrophotometric method

for the determination of metoprolol tartrate in drug formulations. The method

involves the oxidation of drug with alkaline potassium permanganate at 25 ± 1°C

and subsequent measurement of absorbance at 610 nm. The initial rate and fixed

time methods are adopted for its determination in pharmaceutical formulations.

EXPERIMENTAL

Apparatus

A Shimadzu UV-visible spectrophotometer (model-1601, Japan) with matched

quartz cells was used to measure absorbance.

A water bath shaker (NSW 133, New Delhi, India) was used to control the heating

temperature for colour development.

Page 119: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

99

Reagents and standards

All reagents and chemicals used were of analytical or pharmaceutical grade.

Aqueous solutions of 0.6 M sodium hydroxide and 0.015M potassium permanganate

(GR Grade, Merck Limited, Mumbai, India) were prepared in doubly distilled water.

Potassium permanganate (GR Grade, Merck Limited, Mumbai, India) solution

should be freshly prepared and its apparent purity was assayed by titrimetric method

[31].

The standard test solution of metoprolol tartrate (0.01%) was prepared in

doubly distilled water. The formulated dosage forms of metoprolol tartrate such as

betaloc (AstraZeneca Pharma India Ltd., Bangalore, India), metapro (Cardicare,

Bangalore, India) and metolar (Cipla, Mumbai, India) were purchased from the local

market.

Determination procedures for metoprolol tartrate

Initial-rate method: Aliquots of 0.1-0.6 ml of 0.01% metoprolol tartrate were

pipetted into a series of 10 ml standard flasks. To each flask, 2.0 ml of 0.60 M

NaOH was added followed by 2.0 ml of 0.015 M potassium permanganate and then

diluted with doubly distilled water at 25 ± 1°C, The contents of each flask were

mixed well and the increase in absorbance was recorded as a function of time at 610

nm. The initial rate of the reaction (v) at different concentrations was obtained from

the slope of the tangent to the absorbance-time curve. The calibration graph was

constructed by plotting the logarithm of the initial rate of reaction (logv) versus the

logarithm of the molar concentration of the metoprolol tartrate (log C). The amount

of the drug was computed either from the calibration graph or the regression

equation.

Page 120: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

100

Fixed-time method: The absorbance of each drug sample solution was measured at

610 nm against a reagent blank prepared similarly at a preselected fixed time of 15

min. The calibration curve was constructed by plotting the absorbance against the

final concentration of the drug. The amount of the drug was computed either from

calibration curve or regression equation.

Determination procedure for metoprolol tartrate in pharmaceutical formulations

Five tablets were weighed and powdered. The powder equivalent to 50 mg of

active ingredient was weighed accurately, stirred well with doubly distilled water

and filtered through Whatmann No. 42 filter paper (Whatmann International

Limited, Kent, UK). The residue was washed well with doubly distilled water for

complete recovery of the drug. The content of the drug was then diluted to 250.0 ml

with doubly distilled water. It was further diluted according to the need and

subjected to the determination procedures for metoprolol tartrate. The percent

recovery of the metoprolol tartrate was calculated from the corresponding linear

regression equations or calibration graphs.

Procedure for reference method

Into a series of 10 ml standard volumetric flask, different volumes (0.25-2.5

ml) of 0.01% drug (0.1 mg ml"') solufion were pipetted and diluted to volume with

doubly distilled water. The absorbance was measured against the solvent blank at

224 nm. The amount of the drug in a given sample was computed from the

calibration equation.

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION

Spectral studies

The absorption spectrum of metoprolol tartrate solution in doubly distilled

water shows two absorption bands peaking at 194 and 224 nm while that of

Page 121: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

101

potassium permanganate solution in the alkaline medium exhibits an absorption

band peaking at 530 nm. The addition of potassium permanganate to the solution of

pure drug produces a new characteristics band at 610 nm. (Fig. 2.1) This band is

attributed to the formation of manganate ion, which resulted on reduction of

potassium permanganate in alkaline medium. The intensity of the coloured product

increases with time and therefore, a kinetic method was developed for the

determination of metoprolol tartrate in drug formulations. Moreover, potassium

permanganate also oxidizes metoprolol in acid medium resulting in the formation of

a-hydroxy metoprolol and Mn (II). In the presence of acid such as H2SO4, HCl and

H3P04 a-hydroxy metoprolol gives a violet colour which has not been utilized for

quantitative analysis.

Stoichiometry and reaction mechanism

The stoichiometric ratio between metoprolol tartrate and potassium

permanganate was established using limiting logarithmic method [32] by performing

two sets of experiments. In the first set, the concentration of metoprolol tartrate was

varied keeping a constant concentration of KMn04. In the second set of experiment,

concentration of metoprolol tartrate was kept constant while varying the

concentration of KMn04. The logarithm of the absorbance was plotted against the

logarithm of the respective varied concentration of metoprolol tartrate or KMn04

(Fig. 2.2 a and b). It is evident from the slopes of the two straight lines that the

combining molar ratio between metoprolol tartrate and KMn04 is 1:1.

Horai et al. have suggested that the metoprolol tartrate undergoes oxidation [33]

resulting in the formation of a- hydroxy metoprolol. In this study, the potassium

permanganate oxidizes the metoprolol tartrate in alkaline medium producing a-

hydroxy metoprolol and itself reduced loMnO]". The reaction product gives violet

Page 122: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

102

1.4

1,2

1.0

0.8

0.6

0.4

200 240 280 320 360 400 440 480 520 560 600 640 680 720 760

Wavelength (nm)

Fig. 2.1. Absorption spectra of (a) 1 ml of 0.01% metoprololol tartrate (b) 2.0

ml of 0.015 M. potassium permanganate in alkaline medium (c) coloured

product (0.6 ml of metoprolol tartrate (0.01%) + 2.0 ml of 0.015 M KMn04 +

2.0 ml of 0.6 M NaOH) versus blank diluted with doubly distilled water in 10

ml standard flask.

Page 123: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

lo;

-1.0

-6.0 -5.6 -5.2 -4.8 -4.4 -4.0 -3.6 -3.2 -2.8 -2.4 -2.0

Log [Drug] or [KMnOJ

Fig. 2.2, Limiting logaritlimic plot for stoichiometric ratio between metoproloi

tartrate and ]KMn04 (a) log A vs. log [drug] and (b) log A vs. log [KMn04].

Page 124: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

104

colour on treating with formaidchyde-sulphuric acid reagent, which confirmed the

formation of a- hydroxy metoprolol [34].

Optimization of variables

The influence of the concentration of NaOH solution on the rate of reaction

was studied by keeping the constant concentrations of metoprolol tartrate (8.76x10'

M) and KMn04 (3.00x10'^ M) and varying the concentration of NaOH (1.20x10"^-

1.32x10"' M) in a final volume of 10 ml solution. Fig. 2.3 shows that the initial rate

of reaction increased up to 8.4x10'^ M NaOH; beyond this concentration the initial

rate of reaction remained constant. Therefore, a concentration of 1.20x10"' MNaOH

was used throughout the experiment. The effect of the concentration of KMn04

solution on the initial rate of the reaction was studied in the range of 7.50x10"''-

3.30x10"^ M. The inifial rate of reaction (Fig. 2.4) increased with increasing the

concentration of KMn04 and became constant at 2.40x10'"' M. Thus, a concentration

of 3.00x10'^ M KMn04 in the final solution proved to be sufficient for the

maximum concentration of metoprolol tartrate used in the determination process.

The effect of temperature on reaction rate was studied in the range of 298-308 K.

The absorbance-time curves showed the temperature dependence of the reaction

rate. It was observed that metoprolol tartrate reacts faster with potassium

permanganate within the short period of 3-15 min, 3-10 min and 3-7 min. at 298,

303 and 308 K, respectively. At temperatures > 308 K, the decomposition of the

reaction product may take place. To avoid this and for the sake of good results, the

opfimum temperature of 298 K is selected for the determination process.

Analytical data and method validation

Under the optimized experimental conditions, a pseudo-order reaction

condition was worked out by using a large excess of KMn04 and NaOH solution

Page 125: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

105

0.040

0.010 0.00 0.02 0.04 0.06 0.08 0.10

Molar concentration of NaOH

0.12 0.14

Fig. 2.3. Effect of the molar concentration of NaOH solution on the initial rate

of reaction with 60.0 i g per 10 ml metoprolol tartrate in doubly distilled

water.

Page 126: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

106

0.040

0.035

0.005 0.0005 0.0010 0.0015 0.0020 0.0025 0.0030 0.0035

Molar concentration of KMnO,

Fig. 2.4. Effect of the molar concentration of KMn04 solution on the initial rate

of reaction with 60.0 ^g per 10 ml metoprolol tartrate in doubly distilled water.

Page 127: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

107

with respect to the initial concentration of metoprolol tartrate. As a result, a pseudo

zero order condition was obtained with respect to the reagents, the overall

concentration change of KMn04 and NaOH during the course of reaction would be

negligible. The initial rates of the reaction were determined from the slopes of the

initial tangent to the absorbance-time curves (Fig. 2.5) and are summarized in Table

2.1. The reaction would obey the following rate equation:

Rate = kt C"

where k^ is the pseudo-order rate constant, C is the concentration of metoprolol

tatrate, n is the order of the reaction. The logarithm form of the above equation is

written as:

Log (rate) = log kn/ + n log C

The linear regression analysis using the method of least square treatment of

calibration data was made to evaluate slope, intercept and correlation coefficient.

Under the working experimental conditions, a calibration graph was constructed by

plotting log of initial rate of reaction (log u) versus log of metoprolol tartrate

concentration (log C), which showed a linear relationship over the concentration

range of 10.0 - 60.0 |.ig per 10 ml. The regression of log rate versus log C gave the

following linear regression equation:

Log (rate) = 3.634 + 0.999 log C

with a correlation coefficient (r) of 0.9999. The value of n in regression equation

confirmed that the reaction is first order with respect to metoprolol tartrate. The

confidence limits for the slope of the line of regression and intercept were computed

Page 128: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

108

O c CD

O m

<

Fig. 2.5. Absorbance-time curves for the reaction between metoprolol tartrate

and KMn04 in aqueous medium: 2.0 ml of 0.015 M KMn04 and metoprolol

tartrate: (a) 1.0, (b) 1.5, (c) 2.0, (d) 3.0, (e) 4.0, (f) 5.0 and (g) 6.0 ^g ml ' . Each

set is diluted in 10 ml standard flask with doubly distilled water.

Page 129: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

Table 2.1 Summary of data of the Initial rate of reaction at different concentration of metoprolol tartrate and KMn04

109

[Drug] (mol T')

1.460 X lO""

2.190 X IQ-"

2.920 X 10" '

4.380 X lO""

5.840 X 10-'

7.300 X 10"'

8.760 X 10-'

8.760 X 10-"

8.760 X 10-"

8.760 X IQ-"

8.760 X 10""

8.760 X lO""

8.760 X 10-"

[KMn04] (mol P')

3.000 X 10-'

3.000 X 10"

3.000 X 10-'

3.000 X 10-'

3.000 X 10"'

3.000 X 10-'

3.000 X 10-'

7.500 X 10-'

9.000 X 10-

1.200 X 10-'

1.800 X 10-'

2.100 X 10"'

2.400 X 10 '

Initial rate of reaction, u

(mol r' min-')

6.250 X

9.375 X

1.270 X

1.880 X

2.500 X

3 . 1 0 0 ^

3.800 X

8.000 X

1.130X

1.860 X

2.660 X

2.830 X

3.800 X

10-'

10-'

10-

10-

10-

10-

10-

10-'

10-

10-

10-

10-

10-

Page 130: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

110

using the relation b ± tSb and a ± tSa [35] at 95% confidence level and found to be

0.999 ± 1.45 X 10" and 3.634 ± 2.60 x 10"', respectively. This indicated the high

reproducibility of the proposed method. The limits of detection (LOD) and

quantitation (LOQ) were evaluated using the following equation:

LOD = 3 .3xSo/b and L O Q = 1 0 x S o / b

where So is the standard deviation of the calibration line and b is the slope and found

to be 1.3x10'^ and 4.0x10'^ [ig ml'', respectively. The variance was calculated

using the equation:

n-2

and found to be 1.576 x 10' f.ig ml"'. The low value of variance indicated negligible

scattering of the experimental data points around the line of regression.

In the fixed-time method, the absorbance of green coloured solution obtained

on interaction of different concentration of metoprolol tartrate with alkaline

potassium permanganate was measured at a preselected fixed time. Calibration plots

of absorbance versus initial concentrations of metoprolol tartrate were established at

a fixed time of 3, 6, 9, 12 and 15 min. The molar absorptivity, regression equations,

coefficient of correlation, limits of detection and quantitation and variance are given

in Table 2.2. It is clear from Table 2.2 that the most acceptable values of molar

absorptivity, limit of detection and quantitation were obtained at a fixed time of 15

min. Therefore, the fixed time of 15 min was adopted as the optimum time for the

determination of metoprolol tartrate in pharmaceutical formulations. The important

analytical parameters of conventional UV spectrophotometric method have been

summarized in Table 2.2. It can be seen that the molar absorptivity of the fixed time

method is higher than that of conventional UV spectrophotometric method

Page 131: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

o 0) T3

O

(U

CI,

'E

C

ON

-a o

E

E

X I C

X E

o

i n

o

O O

00

o

lO

o

o

II <

+ o

U

o ON

o — —

o o o o o 0 0

(N

O

ON o o o

ON O N ON O N

O O ON

( N r~~ — L o —

U

O -T

oo p " ^ O O

~ o — ^ — o

ON O O NO ON o i n 00

ON ON O N

_ ^o —

i n O

O

o

- U

^ X

d " 00

o :=:

o

d X

CNl

T

^ o X

»— rn 0 0

O

'—' X

( O N NO

O

'~^ X

— m oo i r i

^ O

X

o rr\

(N

O

'"' X

r^ 1 — (

O N

i n

ON ON

a\ ON

d

o • " •

X

CNI

oo o -^

NO

o d

0 0

'—' d

o d NO

1

o d

•5-

o • — •

X

i n

—. r^

d X

ON

II

<

U

d . — 1

X

O 0 0 i n

^'

T

d X

o rn NO

^ d X

ON

t ^

T O

X

O —; i n

r^,

d '—' X

T —

n —

r>l

d '—' X

O 0 0 i n

^

^ o X

o '^ '-^

t o ' — 1

X

ON ON i n rn

ON ON O N

a^ d

r^

d ^ X

ON i O O; r<-i

i n p d

'^ — d

o in a>

<N 1

C

o d NO

I

o d " — C N I

U

— o CNl ON

ON

NO

II <

^ o — oo o

oo ON

NO

o ON

m

00

o

o

O

O N ON ON ON

00

o NO

00

o i n

NO "^

O CO

d " — ON

£ -

U

d

II ' ^

O ~ —

o — 00 O

o 00

o o

O

CNI O N

ON O N

NO ^ • *

' ^ — •— — r<-i

a 00

o

^ • -

• - ,

^ rt

"" Cfl

u

CQ

e-o XI 153

u ( o

3 a-<u c o (/) (U u

<U

D.

o 00

a. o 00

CO 00 -H oo O) -H

c

'o IS o o o c o

o

u

60

00

r E rj^ -JZ

1) o c .2 ' C ret

>

c

o

o

c o

c rel

a

E o

NO

> "rei o

o

(U

• 4 — '

c TO

(/5

o

_ 3

TO >

-a

3

11

Page 132: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

112

whereas the limits of detection and quantitation of the proposed method are smaller.

The performance of the initial rate method is better since the values of LOD and

LOQ are smaller than that of the fixed time method and analysis can be completed in

a shorter time.

Solution stability and selectivity

The solution stability of metoprolol tartrate was checked by observing UV

spectra of metoprolol tartrate for five days. The aqueous solution of the drug having

two Xynax- 194 and 224 nm, shov/ing no change in the absorption spectra of standard

and sample solutions of drug for at least five days, when the solution were stored

at room temperature. To identify the metoprolol and a-hydroxy metoprolol, thin

layer chromatography was performed. The standard solution, sample solution and

reaction product were applied on TLC plates coated with silica gel and developed in

ethyl acetate-methanol-ammonia (40:5:5 v/v/v) solvent system. The plates were air-

dried and spots were detected in the iodine chamber. In the case of standard and

sample solutions, a single spot was observed with Rf = 0.50 corresponding to

metoprolol, whereas reaction product also showed one spot with Rf = 0.65. This

corresponds to a-hydroxy metoprolol [34]. Thus, the proposed methods are selective

as the major metabolite, a-hydroxy metoprolol does not interfere in the

determination. However, other P-adrenergic antagonists such as propranolol,

atenolol and labetalol react with potassium permanganate in alkaline medium

resulting in the formation of green coloured solution, which absorbs maximally at

610 nm.

Accuracy and precision

The accuracy and precision of the proposed methods was established by measuring

the content of metoprolol tartrate in pure form at three different concentration

Page 133: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

113

levels (low, medium and high). The short-term (intra day assay) and the daily

precisions (inter day assay) were performed by measuring five independent analyses

at 1.5, 3.0 and 6.0 |ig ml'' concentration levels within one day and on five

consecutive days, respectively (Table 2.3). The standard deviation, relative standard

deviation and mean percent recoveries obtained by both the initial rate and fixed

time methods can be considered to be very satisfactory.

The validity of the proposed methods was also checked by performing recovery

experiments through standard addition method. For this, a known amount of the pure

drug was added to preanalysed dosage forms and then the total amount of

metoprolol tartrate was determined following the recommended procedures and

reference method. The results are summarized in Table 2.4, which showed

recoveries in the range of 100.02-100.13%, 99.99-100.15 % and 99.94-100.11% for

initial rate, fixed time and reference methods, respectively. No interference from the

common excipients was observed.

Robustness

The conditions are very robust for the application of the proposed methods to

determine the active drug in pharmaceutical formulations. Each operational

parameter was checked and challenged for the robustness of the method. The

operational parameters investigated were:

• volume of0.015MKMnO4(± 0.2 ml)

• volume of 0.60 M NaOH (± 0.2 ml)

Under these conditions a sample solution containing 6.0 \xg ml'' (Metalor 25,

Cipla) of active metoprolol tartrate was assayed five times by the initial rate and

fixed time methods. The values of mean recovery, standard deviafion and relafive

standard deviation represent good reliability of the proposed methods.

Page 134: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

114

Table 2.3

Test of precision of the proposed methods by Intra day and Inter day assays

Proposed methods

Initial rate method

Intra day assay

Inter day assay

Fixed time method

Intra day assay

Inter day assay

Amount (Mgml-') Taken

1.5 3,0 6.0

1.5 3.0 6.0

1.5 3.0 6.0

1.5 3.0 6.0

Found iSD"

1.50 ±0.04 3.00 ±0.06 6.01 ±0.06

1.50 ±0.04 2.99 ±0.06 6.00 ±0.06

1.50 ±0.04 2.99 ±0.05 6.01 ±0.05

1.50 ±0.06 2.99 ±0.06 6.00 ±0.07

Recovery (%)

100.03 100.06 100.13

100.14 99.95

100.07

100.21 99.93

100.15

100.01 99.93

100.04

SAE

0.02 0.03 0.03

0.02 0.03 0.03

0.02 0.02 0.02

0.03 0.03 0.03

C.L.

0.05 0.07 0.07

0.05 0.07 0.07

0.06 0.06 0.06

0.07 0.07 0.08

^ Mean for five independent analyses. '' SAE, standard analytical error.

C.L., confidence limit at 95 % confidence level and four degrees of freedom (t = 2.776).

Page 135: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

•T3 O

B

U

> o

o ^' U- -H

ID > o

6/J

T3 n.

i Q O ^

tu -H

< c :_ 3 c c o c u l - - j TO

c o

03

u

eu

M i

o o

o o

o o

ON

OS ON

—. o o o

o o

OS —

O N OS

O O

o o o -H o o

o -H OS OS

o o d d

o o d d

OS s o

o o d d -H -H OS - -ON O

o o

m o4 q q d d

so 00 o o o -H o o

o -H o o so

q o d d +1 -H ~ o o o ^' so

SO Os O O d d

O O d d

o o o o

o o o +1 o q

so so q q d d

(N rsl

o o d d

OS OS

OS OS

OS O O O

•* O O

1/^

o o

OS OS

OS OS

O o o

T3 C 3 n u,

J U

C/5

> o o (U

TO

Q

-H

_^

E

so o d -H OS OS r^

o o

O O

ly-i O O o

o d -H

o so

o

o

o o

o o o

so O

d

o ^

so o o

rsi o o

r^

O O

o d +1 o so

Os

o o

o o

o o o

I/O i n o o d d -H -H OS O OS O (~^ SO

SO r^ o o o o

o o o o

so rsl o o o o o o

m so O O d d -H -H o o q q ^ so

o —

o r^

i n

6 u

o en

O

m

w o

53 N Ct u

<

O

O r«-i

O

D. o3

o r<i

O r<-i

4) u

o ' " • T3 03 U

O

o r o

(N u

o

o r n

O

m

rrl

(3

«

•a c

>

.2 c nj

>.

Page 136: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

116

The effect of temperature on reaction rate is well known and important in

understanding the various activation parameters of the reaction products. In order to evaluate

the apparent activation parameters, the reaction rate was studied at 298, 303, and 308 K at

[metoprolol] = 1.46 x 10"''-8.76 x 10' ' M, [KMn04] = 3.00 x 10" M and [NaOH] = 1.20 x 10"

' M.

Arrhenius curve (Fig. 2.6) was constructed by plotting log k versus 1/ T and found to

be linear. Activation energy (Ea) can be calculated from the slope (-Ea / 2.303R) and A from

the intercept of the Arrhenius curve and found to be 90.73 KJmol"' and 4.75 xlO",

respectively. The other activation parameters such as enthalpy, entropy and free energy of

activation of the reaction product were calculated using Eyring equation:

AH* 1 \og- = \log{kJh) + -

2.303/? T T I 2.303 R

The plot of log k'T versus 1/T (Fig 2.7) was linear with correlation coefficient of 0.9999.

A H* was evaluated from the slope (-A H ' / 2.303 R) and AS* from the intercept [log (kb /h) +

AS* / 2.303 R] of the compiled Eyring plot. The values of AH* and AS* were found to be

88.20 KJ mof' and 84.54 JK^'mol"', respectively. The Gibbs free energy of activation was

determined by AG* = AH* - TAS* at 298 K and found to be -63.01 K J mol"'.

Applicability of the proposed methods

The proposed methods (initial rate and fixed time methods) were successfully applied

to the determination of metoprolol tartarte in pharmaceutical formulations. The results of the

proposed methods were statistically compared with those of the reference method using point

hypothesis test. Table 2.5 shows that the calculated t- (paired) and F-values at 95%

confidence level are less than the theoretical ones, confirming no significant differences

between the performance of the proposed methods and the reference method. The previous

Page 137: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

17

T 1 ' r

0.00324 0.00326 0.00328 0.00330 0.00332 0.00334 0.00336 0.00338

1/T(K)

Fig. 2.(5. Arrhenius plot: log k versus 1/T for activation energy.

Page 138: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

118

en o

-0.7

0,00324 0.00326 0.00328 0,00330 0.00332 0,00334 0.00336 0.00338

1/T(K)

Fig. 2.7. Eyring plot: log k/T versus 1/T for / T for AH^ and AS^

Page 139: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

>

u s

C o

IT)

cs T3 O

s

u

w

f

o c

e S3

o c OX)

e

O

T3

O C O u a

© c o 1/1

S E « o H U

o _c p 1) o c

D t/5 Cii

t-> o o 0)

,_

°s

" ^

o 0 0

o

- ON

ON ON

TT ON

O

r--~-o o

-o o

-E

e

•o

3 OP

<x>

a.

3

>

_3

>

-T3 O

3

s O

u.

Q

> u u > o o a:

3 CD

CD

u.

_3

>

03 >

Q

> o o w ; :

fNl

o

O N

ON

NO O

O

o

0 0 o o

ON O N

ON ON

o

(N o o o

fNl I o o

C3 o c

N

<

CO o o

o ON O N

o

d

oo

o d o

o o

0 0 00 ON

•ND

I--

o d o

03

o d o

O

NO 0 0 ON

d

CNI

O N

d

0 0

ON

ON

c>

CNI

o

ON 0 0 ON

i n

oo

d

C ^

rn

O O

119

>

u to

- §

^ ?^ T 3 O

r c

; - 0 0 03 O N

•U O > II

— <x> <u "^^ " ?N C °^ 1) CNI

<*• ( + -c o o „

O N

i n

c

• *

" '"

OJ

a, X <u

> o o t .

c o

T 3 OJ t/) 03

J O

2

to

c

CL 3

•- 1

>

to c 03

o

_ 3 to ^

, .Si to

c o 03 <U

03 J =

a. S H =

Page 140: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

120

The previous investigations were also checked and confirmed by interval hypothesis tests

[36]. The Canadian Health Protection Branch has recommended that a bias, based on

recovery experiments, of ± 2 % is acceptable [37]. It is evident from Table 2.5 that the true

bias of all samples of drug is smaller than ± 2 %.

Page 141: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

121

REFERENCES

[I] C. Ceniceeros, M. I. Maguregui, R. M. Jimenez, R. M. Alonso, J. Chromatogr. B:

Biomed Sci. Appl 705 (1998) 97.

[2] British Pharmacopoeia, I, H. M. Stationery Office, London, (1998) p.889.

[3] B. Mistry, J. Leslie, N. E. Edenton, J. Pharm. Biomed Anal. 16(1998) 1041.

[4] P. Modamio, C. F. Lastra, E. L. Marino,,/. Pharm. Biomed Anal. 17 (1998) 507.

[5] R. Oertel, K. Richter, T. Gramatte, W. Kirch,,/. Chromatogr. A 797 (1998) 203.

[6] F. C. K. Chiu, L. A. Damani, R. C. Li., B. Tomlinson, J. Chromatogr. B: Biomed. Sci.

Appl. 696(1997)69.

[7] A. G. Gonzalez, M. A. Herrador, A. G. Asuero, Int. J. Pharm., 123 (1995) 149,

[8] S. Svensson, J. Vessman, A. Karlsson,,/. Chromatogr. A 839 (1999) 23.

[9] K. H. Kim, H. J. Kim, .L S. Kang, W. Mar,,/. Pharm. Biomed Anal. 22 (2000) 377.

[10] K. V. K. Rao, M. E. B, Rao, K. E. V. Nagqji. S. S. Rao, Indian J. Pharm. Sci. 65

(2003)204.

[II] Y- .lin Park, D. W. Lee, Won-Yong Lee, Anal. Chim. Acta 47 (2002)51.

[12] G. P. Cartoni, M. A. Ciardi, A. Giarrusso, F. Roast, J. High Resolut. Chromatogr.

Chromatgr. Commun. 1 1 (1998) 528.

[13] T. A. Ternes, R. Hirsch, R. Mueller, K. Haberer, Fresenius J. Anal. Chem. 362

(1998)329.

[14] J. Sadecka, J. Polonsky, J. Chromatogr. A 735 (1996) 403.

[15] Z. Vujic, D. Radulovic, D. Agbaba,,/. Pharm. Biomed. Anal 15 (1997) 581.

[16] R. Bhushan, M. Arora, Biomed Chromatgr. 17 (2003) 226.

[17] M. Blanco, J. Coello, H. Iturriaga, S.Maspoch, N. Pou, Analyst 26 (2001) 1129.

Page 142: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

122

S. S. M. Hassan, M. M. Abou-Sekkina, M. A. El-Ries, A. A. Wassel, J. Pharm.

Diomed Anal. 32(2003) 175.

D. Zhou, S. Zhang, C. Me, Y. Gao, X. Wang, Liaoning Shifan Daxue Xuebao, Ziran

Kexueban2\ (1998)43.

H. A, H. Elsherief, S. M. S. Ali, H. F. Askal, I. H. Refaat, Bull. Fac. Sci. 26 (1997)

15.

R. P. G. Somashekhara,H. D. Revanasiddappa, Indian Drugs 38 (2001)97.

Z. Vujic, D. Radulovic, L. Zivanovic, IL Farmaco 50 (1995) 281.

L. Ersoy. S. Kocaman . Arch. Pharm. 324 (1991) 259.

M. A. El-Ries, F. M. Abou Attia, S. A. Ibrahim,,/. Pharm. Biomed. Anal. 24 (2000)

179.

H. ^3\tm,Al-AzharJ. Pharm. Sci. 28 (2001) 319.

D. M. Shingbal, S. R. Bhangle, Indian Drugs 24 (1987) 270.

S. Ahmed, R. D. Sharma, I. C. Shukla, Talanta 34 (1987) 296.

R. B. Patel, A. A. Patel, S. K. Patel, S. B. Patel, S. C. Manakiwala, Indian Drugs 25

(1988)425.

K. V. K. Rao, B. V. V. R. Kumar, M. E. B. Rao, S. S. Rao, Indian J. Pharm. Sci. 65

(2003)516.

N. M. Sanghavi, J. J. Vyas, Indian Drugs 29 (1992) 317.

Vogel's Textbook of Quantitative Chemical Analysis, 6* edition, Pearson Education,

Singapore (2002) p. 420.

J. Rose, Advanced Physico-Chemical Experiments, Pitman, London (1964) p. 67.

Y. Horai, T. Ishizake, M. Kusaka, G. Tsujimoto, K. Hashimoto, Ther. Drug Monit.

10(1988)428.

Page 143: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

123

[34] D. B. Jack, S. Dean, M. J. Kendall, J. Chromatogr. 187 (1980) 277.

[35] J. N. Miller, Analyst 116 (1991) 3.

[36] C. Hartmann. J. Smeyers-Verbeke, W. Penninckx, Y. V. Heyden, P.

Vankeerberghen, D. L. Massart, Anal. Chem. 67(1995)4491.

[37] Canada Health Protection Branch, Drugs Directorate Guidelines: Acceptable methods,

Ministry of National Health and Welfare, Draft, Ottawa, Canada (1992).

Page 144: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

124

CHAPTER DETERMINATION OF LABETALOL

HYDROCHLORIDE IN DRUG FORMULATIONS

BY SPECTROPHOTOMETRY

Page 145: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

125

INTRODUCTION

Labetalol hydrochloride i.e. Benzamide, 2-hydroxy-5-[l-hydroxy-2-[(l-methyl-

3-phenylpropyl)amino]ethyl]-, monohydrochloride (CAS No. 32780-64-6, M.W.

364.87) is an adrenergic P-receptor blocking agent used in the treatment of

hypertension, which exhibits both a and P-adrenoceptor blocking activity and because

of its use as doping agent in sports, this drug has been added to the list of forbidden

substances issued by the International Olympic Committee [1]. The drug is used to

induce hypotension during surgery as it decreases blood pressure more rapidly than

other beta blockers. The drug is quite sensitive, even a small dose of the drug gives

sufficient blockade, thus indicating that the drug is very much confined with the

cardio protective effects. Hence, it is must to determine the amount of labetalol

hydrochloride in drug formulations. The drug is official in Martindale, The Extra

Pharmacopoeia [2]. The assay procedure is cited in the monographs of British

Pharmacopoeia [3] and United States Pharmacopoeia [4], which describe a

potentiometric titration method and a liquid chromatographic method, respectively.

Several analytical methods such as thin layer chromatography (HPTLC) [5, 6], high

performance liquid chromatography (HPLC) [7, 8], liquid chromatography (LC) [9,

10], liquid chromatography coupled with mass spectrometry (LC-MS) [11,12], gas

chromatography coupled with mass spectrometry (GC-MS) [13] capillary

electrophoresis (CE) [14], electrochemical method [15] and flourimetry [16] are

reported for the estimation of labetalol hydrochloride. The determination in biological

fluids normally requires the use of trace analysis techniques, higher instrumentation

such as HPLC, LC, CE, cyclic voltammetry, flourimetry and hyphenated techniques

like LC-MS, GC-MS, inductively coupled plasma-mass spectrometry which normally

makes the method much more expensive. In addition to this, these methods require

Page 146: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

3 26

long and tedious pretreatment of the samples and laborious clean up procedures prior

to analysis. UV-visible spectrophotometry is the technique of choice even today in the

laboratories of research, hospitals and pharmaceutical industries due to its low cost

and inherent simplicity. The analytical procedures based on spectrophotometry [17-

22] were frequently published in reputed journals. Few spectrophotometric methods

have been developed for the determination of labetalol hydrochloride in bulk drug and

pharmaceutical formulations. The quantification of the drug was done based on the

reaction of labetalol hydrochloride with Folin Ciocalteau's reagent, 4-

aminophenazone, 2,6-dichloroquinone chlorimide and ferric alum [23]; benzocaine

and p-nitroaniline in presence of triethylamine and sodium carbonate, respectively

[24]; p-N, N-dimethylphenylenediamine, and 3-methyl 2-benzothiazolinone

hydrazone hydrochloride in the presence of sodium hypochlorite and eerie ammonium

sulphate to form intensely coloured products with Xmax at 685 and 545 nm,

respectively [25]. The estimation of drug was done in the visible region based on ion-

pair formation between drug and reagents like suprachen violet 3 B [25] and wool fast

blue BL [26].

This chapter describes a selective and sensitive spectrophotometric method for

the determination of labetalol in drug formulations. The method is based on the

reaction of 4-aminobenzenesulphonic acid with dilute HCl and NaN02 in a

temperature range of 0 - 3 °C to form an electrophile i.e positive diazonium ion,

which immediately couples at ortho to the hydroxyl group of the benzene ring of

labetalol in Na2C03 medium forming a yellow azo product having Xmax at 395 nm.

The proposed method is carefully optimized and validated as per the International

Conference on Hormonisation (ICH) guidelines [27].

Page 147: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

127

EXPERIMENTAL

Apparatus and reagents

The absorbance measurements were made on a Shimadzu UV-visible 1601

spectrophotometer (Kyoto, Tokyo, Japan) with matched quartz cells.

All chemicals and reagents were of analytical grade. Aqueous solutions of 4-

aminobenzenesulphonic acid (0.029 M; Fluka Chemie AG, Switzerland), NaN02

(0.29 M; Otto Chemie, Mumbai, India) and sodium carbonate (0.28 M; GR grade,

Merck Limited, Mumbai, India) were freshly prepared. A 0.2 M HCl was also

prepared by diluting 1.77 ml of pure HCl (35 %, GR grade, Merck Limited, Mumbai,

India) in 100 ml, distilled water.

Drug standard and commercial dosage forms

Labetalol hydrochloride as a reference standard was obtained from Sigma

Chemical Company (St. Louis, MO, USA). Standard solution of Labetalol

hydrochloride (0.04 %) was prepared in distilled water. Commercial dosage forms of

labetalol hydrochloride such as Lobet-100 mg tablet (Samarth Pharma Pvt. Ltd.,

Mumbai, India) and Normadate -50 mg capsule (Glaxo Smithkline, Mumbai, India),

were obtained from local drug store.

Spectrophotometric procedure for the determination of labetalol hydrochloride

Into a series of 25 ml standard volumetric flasks, 1.5 ml of 0.029 M 4-

aminobenzenesulphonic acid, 1.5 ml of 0.29 M NaNOa and 2.0 ml of 0.2 M HCl were

pipetted and kept in an ice-bath (0 - 3 °C) for 10.0 min to complete diazotization

reaction. To each flask, aliquot of 0.04% labetalol hydrochloride reference standard

solution (0.05 -1.1 ml) was added followed by 4.0 ml of 0.28 M sodium carbonate and

then diluted to volume with distilled water at room temperature (25 ± 1 °C). The

contents of each flask were mixed well and the absorbance was measured at 395 nm

Page 148: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

128

against the reagent blank prepared similarly except drug. The colour was stable up

to 2 h. The amount of the drug was computed either from the calibration graph or the

regression equation.

Procedure for the determination oflabetalol hydrochloride in drug formulations

The powdered contents of 2 capsules of 50 mg strength (or 1 tablet of 100 mg

strength) were taken in 50 ml distilled water and left for 10 min for complete

dispersion and then filtered through Whatmann No. 42 filter paper (Whatmann

International Limited, Kent, UK) in a 250 ml standard volumetric flask. The residue

was washed well with distilled water for complete recovery of the drug and then

diluted up to the mark with distilled water. The assay was completed following the

recommended spectrophotometric procedure for the determination of labetalol

hydrochloride

Preparation of degraded labetalol

Labetalol hydrochloride was oxidized by treating 100 mg of the drug in 10 ml

distilled water with 0.5 ml saturated sodium carbonate solution and 2.5 ml of 0.3 M

sodium metaperiodate for 10 min at room temperature (25 ± 1°C). The excess of

sodium carbonate was neutralized with the corresponding volume of HCl and then the

products were isolated. The hydrolyzed solution was treated with methyl isobutyl

ketone. The two layers were formed and the organic layer was separated out. The

extract was then evaporated to dryness at room temperature and the residue as

compound 1 (2-hydroxy-5-formylbenzamide) was crystallized from distilled water.

Compound 2 (l-methyl-3-phenylpropylamine), which was in aqueous layer, was

extracted with dichloromethane. The extract was evaporated to dryness and the

residue was crystallized in ether. Thin layer chromatography was applied using silica

gel G plate and a mixture of n -propanol - 1 % ammonia (4:1, v/v) as mobile phase.

Page 149: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

129

The bands corresponding to labetalol, compound 1 (2-hydroxy-5-formylbenzamide)

and compound 2 (l-methyl-3-phenylpropylamine) were located under UV lamp at

254 nm and the Rf values were found to be 0.70, 0.80 and 0.35, respectively. The

spots of compound 1 and 2 were too detected by spraying with 2, 4-

dinitrophenylhydrazine in 2M HCl and ninhydrin to give yellow and purple spots,

respectively, thus indicating the presence of carbonyl group in compound 1 and amine

group in compound 2. The literature has confirmed [28] that the two major products

of labetalol were 2-hydroxy-5-formylbenzamide (I, compound 1) and l-methyl-3-

phenylpropylamine (II, compound 2) (Scheme 3.1) thus confirming the above

findings.

Validation

The proposed method has been validated for specificity, linearity, precision,

accuracy, and recovery.

Specificity

The sample solutions of labetalol tablet and capsule were subjected to stress

conditions of light, heat, acid, base and oxidants. All stressed samples were analyzed

for labetalol content and compared to an unstressed time zero reference solution. The

reference assay value for the unstressed product was evaluated and the content of

degradation in the stressed and control samples was calculated relative to this assay

value.

Linearity

The linearity was evaluated by determining labetalol at ten concentration levels:

0.8, 1.6, 3.2, 4.8, 6.4, 8.0, 11.2, 14.4, 16.0 and 17.6 ^g ml''. Each concentration was

analyzed for five times.

Page 150: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

130

'V

0 II

H—C

CONH2

, -OH

sodium metaperiodate in Na2C03 medium

li

Scheme 3.1.0xidative degradation of labetalol through N-dealkylation: 1.2-hydroxy-5-formyIbenzamide and II. l-methyI-3-phenylpropylamine.

Page 151: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

131

Accuracy and precision

Three concentrations within the Hnearity range were selected: 1.6, 8.0, and 16.0

jig ml' for evaluating accuracy and precision. Five independent analyses at each

concentration level was performed within one day (intra day assay) and repeated for

five consecutive days (inter day assay).

Recovery studies

To study the accuracy of the proposed method and to check the interference

from excipients used in the formulations, recovery experiments were carried out by

standard addition method. For this, 1.2 ml (or 2.0 ml) of sample solution (0.4 mg ml')

was transferred into a 100.0 ml standard volumetric flask followed by 0.8 ml (or 2.0

ml) of reference standard solution (0.4 mg ml'') and volume was completed to the

mark with distilled water. The nominal value was determined by the recommended

procedure.

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION

Spectral studies

The aqueous solutions of pure labetalol and 4-aminobenzenesulphonic acid

(sulphanilic acid) exhibit absorption maxima at 208 and 249 nm, respectively. The

addition of NaN02 and HCl to 4-aminobenzenesuIphonic acid causes diazotization

and the resulting product absorbs maximally at 270 nm. The blank solution is

prepared similarly on addition of sodium carbonate to this diazotized solution, which

causes no shift in the absorption maximum. The blank solution when added to the

drug solution causes a remarkable shift in the absorption maximum due to the

formation of coupling product, which exhibits absorption band peaking at 395 nm

(Fig, 3.1), This reaction is exploited to develop a spectrophotometric method for the

determination of labetalol hydrochloride in drug formulations by measuring the

Page 152: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

132

T 1 1 p 1 1 1 1 1 \ 1 1 1 1 r

150 175 200 225 250 275 300 325 350 375 400 425 450 475 500 525 550

Wavelength (nm)

Fig. 3.1. Absorption spectra of (a) pure drug solution: 10.0 jxg ml' of labetalol

hydrochloride in distilled water; (b) 8.67x10" M 4-aminobenzenesulphonic acid

in distilled water; (c) blank solution: diazotized solution (2 ml of l.TSxlO""* M 4-

aminobenzenesulphonic acid + 1.5 ml of 0.29 M NaNO: + 1.8 ml of 0.2 M HCl)

with 4.0 ml of 0.28 M NaiCOj in 25 ml distilled water and (d) sample solution:

440.0 |ig labetalol hydrochloride and 4.0 ml of 0.28 M NajCOs with diazotized

solution (1.5 ml of 0.029 M 4-aminobenzenesulphonic acid + 1.5 ml of 0.29 M

NaN02+ 1.8 ml of 0.2 M HCl) in 25 ml distilled water.

Page 153: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

133

concrete absorbance at 395 nm.

Mechanism of the colour reaction

It has been reported that primary aromatic amines such as 4-nitroaniline and 4-

aminobenzenesulphonic acid on treatment with HCl and NaN02 in a temperature

range of 0-3 °C, yield diazonium salt [29]. However, only strongly nucleophilic

electron-rich aromatic or heteroaromatic compounds such as phenol can be coupled

with diazonium salts to yield coloured azo compounds [30]. The diazocoupling

reaction can be considered as a proton eliminating condensation of a positive

diazonium ion with another compound possessing an active hydrogen atom.

The substitution of electrophile usually proceeds para to the active group or ortho if

para position is already substituted. In the similar manner, 4-aminobenzenesulphonic

acid was diazotized to form a positive diazonium ion. Labetalol is a water-soluble

antiadrenergic P-blocker possessing -OH group attached to the benzene ring (phenol)

and forms phenolate ion in sodium carbonate medium [31]. The phenolate ion

undergoes coupling reaction with positive diazonium ion to form a yellow azo

compound, which absorbs maximally at 395 nm. In this case the coupling of

diazonium ion proceeds ortho to the hydroxyl group of the benzene ring of labetalol

because the para position in the drug is already occupied. The reaction sequence is

shown in Scheme 3.2.

Optimization of variables

The different parameters responsible for the formation of diazocoupling

coloured product were extensively studied. The optimum conditions for the

proposed method were established by conducting a series of experiments.

Page 154: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

V/^

labetalol

Na2C03 in H2O

OH

phenolate anion

134

HO3S -.r\ NH,

4-aminoben2enesulfonic acid

NaN02 + 2HC1 0-3°C

HO3S- V-N- NCI

+ NaCl + 2H2O

HO3S—< Ch N = N

positive diazonium ion

diazo coupling

V

N=N \ /

SO,H

Azo coupling product (colored)

Scheme 3.2. Azo compound of labetalol (yellow coloured) formed due to union between the positive diazonium ion and a phenolate anion in sodim carbonate medium.

Page 155: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

135

Effect of time

To optimize the reaction time for colour development, 1.74 x 10' M 4-

aminobenzenesulphonic acid was treated with 1.74 x 10" M NaN02 and 1.60 x 10"

M HCl in a 25 ml standard volumetric flask. The content of the mixture was

maintained in an ice bath (0 - 3 °C) for varied time of 2 - 14 min and then the flask

was taken out. To each flask, 1.0 ml of 0.04% labetalol hydrochloride and 4.48 x 10'

^ M Na2C03 were added and diluted to volume with distilled water at room

temperature (25 ± TC). The maximum intensity of colour was obtained at 7 min of

cooling and remained constant up to 14 min. Therefore, 10 min of reaction time was

used throughout the determination process.

Effect of 4-aminobenzenesulphonic acid concentration

The influence of the concentration of 4-aminobenzenesulphonic acid on the

development of colour was investigated by treating varied concentration (1.16 x 10'

- 2.32 X lO"-' M) of 4-aminobenzenesulphonic acid with 1.74 x 10' M NaNOa and

1.60 X 10- M HCl in a 25 ml standard volumetric flask and was cooled in an ice

bath for 10 min. After cooling, 400.0 |Lig labetalol hydrochloride and 4.48 x 10' M

NaaCOj were added and diluted to volume with distilled water at room temperature

o

(25 ± 1 C). It was observed that the absorbance measured at 395 nm increased with

increasing concentration of 4-aminoben2enesulphonic acid and became constant at

1.16x10" M, above this concentration absorbance remained constant (Fig. 3.2 a).

Therefore, the concentration of 1.74 x lO'"* M 4-aminobenzenesulphonic acid proved

to be sufficient for the maximum concentration of labetalol hydrochloride.

Effect ofNaN02 concentration

The effect of the concentration of NaNOa on the colour development was

investigated in the range of 1.16 x 10" - 2.32 x IQ" M. The absorbance (Fig. 3.2

Page 156: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

136

b) increased with increasing concentration of reagent and became constant at 1.16 x

10" M, above which up to 2.32 x 10" M, absorbance remained constant. Therefore

1,74 X 10" M; NaNOo was chosen as an optimum value for the determination

process.

Effect ofHCl concentration

The influence of the concentration of HCl on the colour development has been

investigated in the range of 1.60 x lO'- M - 1.84 x IQ'- M and the results are shown

in Fig. 3.2 c. The highest absorbance was obtained with 1.04 x 10' M HCl, above

this concentration up to 1.84x10' M, the absorbance remained constant. Therefore,

the concentration of 1.44x10" M HCl was used in all measurements.

Effect ofNa2C03 concentration

The effect of the concentration of NaaCOs was studied in the range of 5.60 x 10' -

5.04 X 10"2 M. As can be seen from Fig. 3.2 d, the absorbance of the coloured

product incretised with increasing concentration of Na2C03 and remained constant at

3.36 X 10" M. Further increase in concentration of the reagent up to 5.04 x 10' M

caused no change in the absorbance. Thus, 4.48 x lO'' M NaiCOs was used as an

optimum value for the determination of iabetalol.

Analytical data and calibration graph

The calibration graph between the absorbance at 395 nm and the Iabetalol

hydrochloride concentration was found to be linear over the concentration range of

0.8 - 17.6 \ig mf' with molar absorptivity and sandeli's sensitivity of 2.874 x IC* 1

mol" cm" and 0.013 jig cm" per 0.001 absorbance unit, respectively. The linear

regression equation of the proposed method has been evaluated by the least square

treatment of the calibration data (n = 10). The linear regression equation and

coiTelation coefficient are A = 4.84 x lO""* + 7.864 x 10" C where A is the

Page 157: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

137

o c CD

n L.

o CO

<

.000 0.006 0.012 0.018 0.024 0.030 0.036 0.042 0.048 0.054 0.060

Concentration of labetalol hydrochloride, M

Fig. 3.2. Effect of the molar concentration of reactants: (a) 4-

aminobenzenesulphonic acid; (b) NaNO:; (c) HCI; and (d) Na2C03 with 16.0 jig

ml' labetalol hydrochloride on the absorbance of the coloured product.

Page 158: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

138

absorbance and C is the concentration of iabetalol hydrochloride in |j,g ml'' and r =

0.9999, respectively, which indicated an excellent linearity. Table 3.1 summarizes

Beer's law limit; linear regression equation; correlation coefficient; confidence

limits and standard deviations for slope and intercept at 95% confidence level;

variance; detection limit and quantitation limit [32] for the proposed method.

The statistical analysis of the calibration data has made possible to calculate

error (Sc) in the determination of a given concentration of Iabetalol hydrochloride

using the following equation [33];

^•-T

1/2

, 1 (A-A)' 1 + - + n b'Y.(C.-C)'

where A and C are average values of the absorbance and concentration, respectively,

for n standard samples. The plot of Sc versus concentration of Iabetalol

hydrochloride (Fig. 3.3) indicates that the minimum error is obtained when the

analysis is carried out at 8.40 jig ml"'. The value of Sc can be used to establish the

confidence limit at the selected level of significance for the determination of

unknown concentrations of Iabetalol hydrochloride using the relation Cj ± tSc. The

resuhs are presented graphically (Fig. 3.4) by plotting the relative uncertainty

(%AC/C) against the concentration of Iabetalol hydrochloride [34] at 95 and 99 %

confidence levels for n-2 degrees of freedom. Thus, the confidence limit can be

established and the relative uncertainty can be estimated directly on the

concentration over the full range of the concentration tested.

Specificity

The specificity of the proposed method was evaluated by estimating the

amount of Iabetalol in the presence of varying amounts of degraded products of

Page 159: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

139

Table 3.1 Optical performance and regression characteristics of the proposed method

Parameters

>max (nm)

Stability (h) Beer's law limit (}j,g ml"') Molar absorptivity (1 mol"' cm"')

Linear regression equation

Sa

±tSa

Sb

±tSb Correlation coefficient (r) Detection limit (fig ml"')

Quantitation limit (|J,g ml"')

Proposed method

395

02 0.8- 17.6

2.87 X 10'

A = 4.84x 10"'+7.86 X 10"^C 1.02 X 10"

2.35 X 10" 9.99 X 10"

2.30 X 10"'

0.9999 0.08

0.23

Sa and Sb are standard deviation of intercept and slope, respectively.

Page 160: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

\40

O L_

LU

0.0275

0.0270

0.0265 -

0.0260 -

0.0255

0.0250 -

0.0245

0.0240 — I \ 1 1 1 1 \ — — 1 1 — • — I 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 — ' — I —

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19

Concentration of labetalol hydrochloride (j g mf^)

Fig. 3.3. Plot of error (Sc) versus concentration of labetalol

hydrochloride in the determination process.

Page 161: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

141

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19

Concentration of labetalol hydrochloride ( ig nril' )

Fig. 3.4. Plot showing variation in the confidence limit at (a) 95% confidence

and (b) 99 %confidence level: relative uncertainty percentage (% AC/C) versus

concentration of labetalol hydrochloride.

Page 162: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

142

labetalol such as 2-hydroxy-5-formylbenzamide and l-methyl-3-phenylpropylamine,

which were the major degradants of labetalol. It was found that l-methyl-3-

phenylpropylamine did not interfere with the proposed method whereas 2-hydroxy-

5-formylbezamide interferes seriously.

The various excipients commonly used in dosage forms such as sodium stearyl

fumarate, magnesium stearate, starch, lactose and talc did not interfere with the

proposed method. The samples were stressed by light, acid and base for 2, 2 and 5-

day-time points, respectively at room temperature (25 ± 1°C). It was observed that

stress by such conditions did not cause significant degradation. There was no change

in the absorption spectra of the pure drug and stressed (light, acid and base) sample

solutions. The two reported metabolites of labetalol such as 0-sulphate (I, major)

and 0-glucuronide (11, minor) (Scheme 3.3) were not interfering with the proposed

method because of denature of the phenolic group in these metabolites [35]. The

proposed method is specific and selective as not giving reaction with compounds,

which lack phenol group in the moiety.

Robustness

The robustness of the proposed method relative to each operational parameter

was challenged. The operational parameters investigated were as follows:

• volume of 0.029 M 4-aminobenzenesulphonic acid, 1.5 ml (± 0.5 ml)

• volume of 0.29 M NaN02, 1.5 ml (± 0.5 ml)

• volume of 0.2 M HCl, 2.0 ml (± 0.5 ml)

• volume of 0.28 M Na2C03,4.0 ml (± 1.0 ml)

• cooling time of 10 min (± 3.0 min)

Under these conditions quality control sample solution containing 8.0 fig

ml" (Lobet 100, Samarth Pharma) of labetalol hydrochloride was assayed five times.

Page 163: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

143

hepatic metabolism

CONH2

-OSO2O'

Scheme 3.3 Metabolites of labetalol: I by sulphation and II by glucuronidation process.

Page 164: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

144

The results obtained by the quality control sample represent good recovery with

acceptable bias of OL >0.98 and BU < 1.02.

Ruggedness

The method ruggedness was evaluated by a second analyst using a different

spectrophotometer (Spectronic 20D" , Milton Roy Company, USA) and freshly

prepared standard sample solutions. The quality control tablet and capsule samples

of labetalol hydrochloride were analyzed five times at one concentration level (8.0

l g ml'') by the ruggedness chemist and developing chemist following the

recommended procedure. The % recovery ± RSD resulted from ruggedness chemist

(tablet: 99.97 ± 0.63%; capsule: 100.06 ± 0.58) and developing chemist (tablet:

99.98 ± 0.52%; capsule; 99.97 ± 0.53%) were compared. The % recovery and RSD

results agreed well within the acceptable limits with permissible bias of all samples

within ± 2.0%).

Accuracy and precision of the proposed methods

The accuracy and precision of the proposed method was established by

determining the content of labetalol in pure and pharmaceutical formulations at three

different concentration levels (1.6, 8.0, and 16.0 j g ml''). The intra day and inter

day precisions of the proposed method in pure form was evaluated by carrying out

five independent analyses at each concentration level within one day and on five

consecutive days (Table 3,2). In the same manner, the intra and inter day precisions

was also performed in drug formulations by measuring the amount of labetalol at

each concentration level (Table 3.3). The results presented in Table 3.2 and 3.3 can

be considered to be very satisfactory.

Page 165: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

145

Table 3.2 Intra day and Inter day assays: Test of accuracy and precision of the proposed method in pure form

Intra day Assay

Amount (p.g

Taken

1.6

8.0

16.0

Found ::

1.60 ±

8.00 ±

16.01 ±

ml"')

hSD'

0.04

0.04

0.04

SAE''

0.019

0,019

0.019

C.L'

0.053

0.052

0.053

Inter day Assay

Amount

Taken

1.6

8.0

16.0

(^gml-')

Found ± SD'

1.60 ±0.05

8.01 ±0.05

16.01 ±0.05

SAE''

0.021

0.021

0.022

C.L'

0.059

0.058

0.061

Mean for five independent analyses. '' SAE, standard analytical error. '^ C.L., confidence limit at 95% confidence level and four degrees of freedom (t = 2.776).

Page 166: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

146

o

T3 1/1 o c o a

.13

o e o

u

a t3 C >> u hi

s u

o

« S

•a S u ^

s « 3

- «« i f- £ O.

^

T3 u 1) C

-J

PJ < en

c 3 O

0-1 <

Q

+1 -a c 3

o

c w

H

^

c 3 O

O

+1 -o 5 o

c CO

c o

3

o

OO P-1 t-~ LO ^ vo o q o d o o

O

d

i n

q d +1 o

CO rM o d

IT)

o d +1

r-

' J -

q d

i n

o d +1 o o VD

^ " p —^ 00 VO

• ^ r n VD i n i n i r i

^. '-'. '^. d d (z>

ON

q d

o d +1 o

ON

o d

o d +1 ON

O

o d

q d +1 (N

-o ON q ^ r- \o

o q q —^ 0 0 V£)

^ X) S3

o o , ^ J

u _o o

S3

0 .

JZ t 03 P

ON 00 r o m i n ^o o o o d <6 d

^ — (^ (N (N (N o o o d d d

i n O

d +1 o NO —

i n O

d +1 q 00

>n

o d +1

O N ON i n

JJ 3

a 03

(J

NO

^

i n i n q d

o rN o d

i n o d +1 o NO

, \

NO

^

O i n 1) to 03 P u O

Z

q 00

m i n o d

ON

.—< O

d

^ o d +1 ON Os r-

q 00

^ 1) ,c 3

1 C/5 0

03

a

O NO

m i n q d

o (N q d

q d +1 q NO

o >sd

C/5 _>. S3 C si

C u

Q . Hi

>

o (+; c S3

C3

a o

O

kH bO (U

3 ^ T3

1 1 J > j j

u o

-a W c; o

O N O

1> ON

!« ts o ,,_, +-*

^'B a '^ c fl> 03 ^

C/3 CJ

< H £3 u

Page 167: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

147

The validity of the proposed method was evaluated by recovery studies using

the standard addition method. For this purpose, a known amount of reference drug

was added to formulated tablets and capsules at two different concentration levels

and the nominal amount of drug was determined by the proposed method. Each

concentration level was analyzed five times and the results (Table 3.4) show good

recovery with low SD and RSD. No interference from the common excipients was

observed.

The applicability of the proposed method has been tested for the determination

of labetalol in drug formulations. The results of the proposed method were compared

with those obtained by the Bilal's spectrophotometic method [24] using point and

interval hypothesis tests [36]. The student's t and F-values at 95% confidence level

did not exceed the tabulated t- and F-values, confirming no significant difference

between the performance of the proposed method and the reference method (Table

3.5). Once it is ensured that the proposed method is not significantly different from

the reference method, it is necessary to check the bias of each drug sample based on

recovery experiments using the interval hypothesis test. In pharmaceutical analysis,

The Canadian Health Protection Branch has recommended a bias of ± 2 % with

lower limit (BL) of 0.98 and upper limit (0u) of 1.02 [37]. It is evident from Table 3.5

that the true bias of all samples is < ± 2 %. The interval hypothesis test has

confirmed that the accuracy and precision are within the acceptable limits and

indicated no significant difference between the performances of the proposed

method and the reference method at 95% confidence level.

The proposed method for the determination of labetalol hydrochloride in drug

formulations was compared favourably with other existing spectrophotometric

methods (Table 3.6). The molar absorptivity of the proposed method is higher than

Page 168: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

148

Table 3.4 Standard addition method: Evaluation of the validity of the proposed method for the recovery of labetaloi hydrochloride

Formulations^

Tablet

Lobet 100 (Samarth Pharma)

Capsule

Normadate 50 (Glaxo Smithline)

Concentration (^gml"') Taken Added

4.8 3.2 8.0 8,0

4.8 3.2 8.0 8.0

Found ± SD''

7.99 ±0.04 16.01 ±0.05

7.99 ±0.04 16.01 ±0.04

Recovery ± RSD^ (%)

99.90 ±0.52 100.09 ±0.27

99.97 ±0.53 100.07 ±0.27

SAE

0.018 0.019

0.019 0.019

C.L.

0.051 0.053

0.053 0.053

^Mean for five independent analyses

Page 169: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

149

Table 3.5 Point and interval hypothesis tests: Evaluation of the applicability of the proposed method at 95yo confidence level

Formulations^ Proposed method Reference method t & F- 9L' BU* Recovery RSD' Recovery RSD'' values'' (%) (%) (%) (%)

Tablet

99.97 Lobet 100 (Samarth Pharma)

Capsule

'Normadate 50 100.03 (Glaxo Smithkline)

0.63 99.89 0.8! t = 0.21I 0.991 l.OI F= 1.626

0.52 99.98 0.86 t = 0.148 0.987 1.014 F = 2.722

*Mean for five independent analyses. ''Theoretical t-value (v = 8) and F-value (v = 4, 4) at 95 % confidence level are 2.306 and 6.39, respectively. ' In pharmaceutical analysis, a bias, based on recovery experiments, of ± 2% is acceptable.

Page 170: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

150

Table 3.6

Comparison of the proposed method with existing spectrophotometric methods

for the determination of labetalol hydrochloride in drug formulations

Reagents

2,6-dichloroquinone chlorimide

Folin Ciocalteau's reagent

4-aminophenazone

Ferric ammonium sulfate

p-N,N-dimethylphenylene-

diamine hydrochloride & sodium

hypochlorite

'^niiix

(nm)

670

650

510

530

685

Beer's law limit (Mgml-')

5-25

8-40

2,5-15

50-250

-

RSD (%)

-

-

-

-

0.35-0.52

Molar absoptivity

(1 moP' cm"')

1.39x10'

5.88x10'

2.09x10'

1.05 xIO'

References

[23]

[23]

[23]

[23]

[25]

3-methyl 2-benzothiazolinone 545

hydrazone hydrochloride & eerie

ammonium sulfate

0.35-0.52 [25]

Suprachen violet 3B"

Wool fast blue BL'

Diazotized

4-aminobenzenesulfonic acid

565

600

395

-

1-6

0.8-17.6

0.35-0.52

0.64

0.34-0.52 2.87x10'

[25]

[26]

This work

'Extractive method.

Page 171: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

151

that of other methods indicating its greater sensitivity. It has the advantage of

determining labetalol as low as 0.8 |.ig ml"'. Moreover, the proposed method is fast

with respect to analysis time and directly applicable to the drug sample without prior

extraction needed in other methods [25, 26]. The method is versatile and useful due

to independence from pH and high tolerance limit from common excipients present

in drug formulations.

Page 172: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

152

REFERENCES

I] P. Lukkari, T. Nyman, M. L. Riekkola, J. Chromatogr. A 61A (1994) 241.

2] Martindale, The Extra Pharmacopoeia 33rd edition, UK: Royal Pharmaceutical

Society, London, (2002) p. 918.

3] British Pharmacopoeia, I, H. M. Stationery Office U.K. London (1998) p. 768.

4] The United States Pharmacopoeia, 24th edition Rockville, MD, USA (2000) p.

949.

5] D. R. Jack, S. Dean, M. J. Kandall, S. Laugher, J. Chromatogr. 196 (1980) 189.

6] A. Witek, H. Hopkala, G. Matysik, Chromatographia 50 (1999) 41.

7] C. Ceniceeros, M. I. Maguregui, R. M. Jimenez, R. M. Alonso, J. Chromatogr.

B: Biomed Sci. Appl. 705 (1998) 97.

8] Y. J. Park, D. W. Lee, W.- Y. Lee,/Ira/. Chim. Acta Al (2002) 51.

9] L Rapado-Martinez. R. M. ViUanueva-Camanas,M. C. Garcia-Alvarez-Coque,

Anal. Chem. 71 (1999)319.

10] S. Cardo-Broach, 1. Rapado-Martinez, J. Esteve-Romera,M. C. Garcia-

Alvarez-Coque J. Chromatogr. Sci. 37(1999) 93.

II] M. Thevis, G, Opfermann, W. Schanzer, Biomed. Chromatogr. 15 (2001) 393.

12] M. Gergov, J. N. Robson, E. Duchoslav, I. Ojanpera,. J. Mass Spectrom. 35

(2000)912.

13] H. Siren, M. Saarinan, S. Hainari, P. Lukkar,M. L. Reikkola, J. Chromatogr.

/( 632 (1993) 215.

14] J. Sadecka, J. ?o\onsky, Pharmazie 50 (1995) 434.

15] A. Voulgaropoulos, M. Sofoniou, E. Kazakou, Electroanalysis, 5 (1993) 525.

16] F. Belal, S. Al-Shaboury, A. S. Al-Tamrah, J. Pharm. Biomed Anal. 30,

(2002)1191.

Page 173: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

153

[17] M. I. Walash, M. K. Sharaf-El-Din, M. E. Metwally, M. R. Shabana, J. Chin.

Chem. Soc. 52(2005)71.

[18] A. M. El-Brashy, M. -S. Metwally, A, El-Sepai, J. Chin. Chem. Soc. 52 (2005)

253.

[19] D. R. El-Wasseef, M. Eid, F. Belal,./. Chin. Chem. Soc.52 (2005) 507.

[20] A. Raza, T. M. Ansari, A. Rehman, J. Chin. Chem. Soc. 52 (2005) 1055.

[21] M. M. Hosny,,/. Chin. Chem. Soc. 53 (2006)465.

[22] K. Guclu, K.Sozgen, E. Tutem, M. Ozyurek, R. Apak, Talcmta 65 (2005) 1226.

[23] R. T. Sane, T. G. Chandrashekar, V. G. Nayak, Indian Drugs 23 (1986) 565.

[24] F. Belal, S. Al-Shaboury, A. S. Al-Tamrah,. IL Fdrmaco 58 (2003) 293.

[25] C. S. P. Sastry, D. P. M. Krishna, Mikrochim. Acta 122 (1996) 87.

[26] C. S. P. Sastry, S. G. Rao, K. R. Srinivas, Indian Drugs 35 (1998) 595.

[27] ICH Q2A, Text on Validation of Analytical Procedures, Fed. Regist. 60

(1995)11260.

[28] H. Salomies, L. Luukkanen, R. Knuutila, J. Pharm. Biomed. Anal. 7(1989)

1447.

[29] K. Krohn, M. John, E. I. Demikhov, Russ. Chem. Bull 50 (2001)1248.

[30] H. Zollinger, Colour Chemistry: Synthesis, Properties and Applications of

Organic Dyes and Pigments, VCH, Weinheim, (1987) p. 85.

[31] D. Barton, W. D. Ollis, Alcohols, phenols, ethers and related compounds

Comprehensive Organic Chemistry: The Synthesis and Reactions of Organic

Compounds In: ( edited by J. F. Stoddart)Volume 1, Pergamon Press Ltd.,

Headington Hill Hall, Oxford 0X3 OBW, England (1979) p. 772.

[32] J. Ermer, J. Pharm. Biomed Anal 24 (2001)755.

Page 174: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

154

[33] J. Mendham, R. C. Denney, J. D. Barnes, M. Thomas, Vogel's Textbook of

Quantitative Chemical Analysis, Statistics: Introduction to Chemometrics, 6th

edition, Pearson Education, Singapore (2002) p. 137.

[34] R. Cassidy, M. Janoski, LC-GC 10 (1992) 692.

[35] W. O. Foye, Principles of Medicinal Chemistry In: ( edited by D. A. Williams)

New Delhi, India (1995)

[36] C. Hartmann, J. Smeyers-Verbeke, W. Penninckx, Y. V. Heyden, P.

Vankeerberghen, D. L. Massart, Anal. Chem. 67 (1995) 4491.

[37] Canada Health Protection Branch, Drugs Directorate Guidelines: Acceptable

methods, Ministry of National Health and Welfare, Draft, Ottawa, Canada

(1992).

Page 175: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

155

CHAPTER-4 KINETIC SPECTROPHOTOMETRIC METHODS

FOR THE DETERMINATION OF RAMIPRIL IN

COMMERCIAL DOSAGE FORMS

Page 176: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

156

INTRODUCTION

Ramipril, 2-[N-[(S)-l-ethoxy carbonyl-3-phenyl propyl]-L-alanyl]-(lS, 3S,

5S)-2-azabicyclo [3.3, 0]-octane-3-carboxylic acid [M.W. 416.51] is an angiotensin-

converting enzyme inhibitor (ACE). It is used in the treatment of hypertension, heart

failure and following myocardial infarction. It is also used to reduce the risk of

cardiovascular events in patients with certain risk factors. Ramipril acts as a prodrug

of diacid ramiprilat. Ramipril owes its activity to ramiprilat to which it is converted

after oral administration [1,2]. This drug is officially listed in British Pharmacopoeia

[3] which describes a potentiometric titration procedure for its assay in tablets. In

order to assure the quantity of ramipril in dosage forms, several methods have been

reported which include LC-MS [4], HPLC [5-8], capillary electrophoresis [9],

atomic absorption spectrophotometry [10,11], voltammetry [12], ion selective

electrode potentiometry [13], and radioimmunoassay [14].

The literature revealed that several spectrophotometric methods have been

reported for the quantitative analysis of ramipril in pharmaceutical preparations and

biological fluids. The estimation of ramipril in a binary mixture was carried out by

derivative compensation technique [15] as well as zero crossing derivative technique

[16, 17]. The determination of ramipril was carried out based on ion-pair complex

of the drug with picric acid and bromocresol green [18], formation of ternary

complex of the drug with Cu (II) and eosin [10], and Fe (III) and ammonium

thiocyanate [11]. The charge transfer complexation reaction has also been utilized

for its quantification using 7,7,8,8,tetracyanoquinodimethane, p-chloranilic acid and

2,3-dichloro-5,6-dicyano-p-benzoquinone [19]. Potassium permanganate oxidizes

ramipril in alkaline medium and itself reduces to manganate ion, which was

Page 177: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

157

measured at 610 nm [20]. The estimation of ramipril has been done by

spectrophotometry and fluorinietry utilizing the reaction of the drug with 7-fluoro-4-

nitrobenzo-2-oxo-l,3-diazole, which exhibits maximum absorbance at 460 nm, and

maximum fluorescence intensity at 530 nm after excitation at 465 nm [21]. The

reaction of ramipril with a mixture of potassium iodide and potassium iodate has

been utilized for its assay in commercial dosage forms [22].

This chapter describes a simple and sensitive spectrophotmetric method for the

determination of ramipril in bulk and dosage forms. The method is based on the

reaction of ramipril with 1- chloro 2, 4- dinitrobenzene (CDNB) in

dimethylsulphoxide (DMSO) at 100 ± Tc. The absorbance (kmax = 420 nm) of the

coloured product increases as a function of heating time. Therefore, two calibration

procedures i.e. fixed time (AA) and equilibrium methods are adopted for the

determination of ramipril in bulk and commercial dosage forms.

EXPERIMENTAL

Apparatus

Spectral runs were made on a Shimadzu UV-visible 1601 spectrophotometer

(Model no. 1601, Kyoto, Japan). All other spectrophotometric measurements were

made on Spectronic 20 D"*' spectrophotometer (Milton Roy Company, USA). A

water bath shaker (NSW 133, New Delhi, India) was used for heating.

Material and reagents

Ramipril reference standard (Batch No. TR001FO2 ) was kindly provided by

Dr. Reddy's Laboratories Limited (Andhra Pradesh, India). CDNB and DMSO were

purchased from Merck Limited, Mumbai, India. The pharmaceutical preparations of

ramipril such as Ramipres-2.5 (Cipla, Mumbai, India), Ramace-2.5 (AstraZeneca,

Page 178: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

158

Mumbai, India) and Hopace-2.5 (Cardicare, Bangalore, India) were obtained from

local market.

Standard solutions:

• 0.7% CDNB (3.46 x 10' M) was prepared in DMSO.

• 0.1% ramipril (2.40 x 10' M) was also prepared in DMSO.

Procedure for determination

Accurately measured aliquots of standard solution of ramipril corresponding

to 0.1 - 1.1 mg were transferred into a series of 5 ml standard volumetric flasks. To

each flask, 2.2 ml of 3.46 x 10' M CDNB was added and diluted to volume with

DMSO. The content of the mixture was kept on water bath at 100 ± 1°C for a

preselected fixed time. The absorbance of the yellow coloured product was

measured at 420 nm against the reagent blank as a function of time. The following

two procedures were adopted for constructing the calibration graphs:

• Fixed-time method (l^A): The change in absorbance (AA) between the times, ti

(3 min) and t2 (6 min) was computed and plotted against the initial

concentration of ramipril.

• Equilibrium method: The equilibrium was attained at 30 min of heating. The

absorbance measured at 32 min of heating was plotted against the initial

concentration of ramipril.

Alternatively, regression equations were also developed for estimation of the

content of ramipril.

Analysis of commercial dosage forms

To determine the amount of ramipril in pharmaceutical preparations (label

claim: 2.5 mg / tablet or capsule), the contents of 20 tablets or capsules were

weighed and finely powdered. A portion of the powder equivalent to 50 mg ramipril

Page 179: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

159

was stirred with 20 ml DMSO and let stand for 10 min. The residue was filtered on

Whatmann No, 42 filter paper (Whatmann International Limited, Kent, UK) and

washed with DMSO. The filtrate and washings were diluted to 30 ml with DMSO.

This solution was fiarther diluted as necessary to complete the analysis following the

recommended procedures.

Procedure for reference method [10]

An aliquot of standard solution containing 0.1 - 1.0 mg of ramipril was

transferred into a series of 50.0 ml separating funnels. The volume of each solution

was adjusted to 10.0 ml with distilled water and 3.0 ml of 0.2% Cu (II) sulphate and

1.0 ml of 0.1% eosin were added with swirling. The funnels were shaken vigorously

with 3.0 X 3.0 ml portions of chloroform for 1.0 min, and then allowed to pass the

organic layer through anhydrous sodium sulphate into a 10.0 ml standard volumetric

flask. The volume of chloroform layer was made up to 10.0 ml and the absorbance

was measured at 535 nm against the reagent blank prepared similarly and a

calibration graph was constructed.

Validation Parameters

Specificity

The specificity of the proposed method was evaluated by determining the

ramipril concentration in the presence of varying amounts of degraded product of

ramipril (ramipril diketopiperazine) and common excipients (sodium stearyl

fumarate, magnesium stearate, starch, lactose and talc).

Recovery studies

Recovery experiments were carried out by standard addition method. For this,

4.0 ml (or 8.0 ml) of reference ramipril solution (1.0 mg ml"') was transferred into a

100.0 ml volumetric flask followed by 6.0 ml of sample solution (I.O mg ml'') and

Page 180: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

160

volume was completed up to the mark with DMSO. The total amount was

determined by the recommended procedure.

Limits of detection and quantitation

The limits of detection (LOD) and quantitation (LOQ) were calculated using

the following equations [23]:

LOD = 3.3 xSo/bandLOQ=\OxSo/b

where So and b are the standard deviation and slope of the calibration line,

respectively.

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION

A yellov*/ coloured product with maximum absorption at 420 nm was formed

when ramipril was allowed to react with CDNB in DMSO while the reagent, CDNB,

exhibited absorption band at 350.5 nm. (Fig. 4.1) At room temperature, the reaction

did not take place, hence the reaction was carried out at 100 ± 1°C to increase the

rate of reaction and decrease the time for attaining equilibrium. At this temperature,

the intensity of the coloured product increased with time and attained equilibrium in

30 min. The increase in absorbance as a function of time was utilized to develop a

kinetically based spectrophotometric method for the quantitation of ramipril.

Optimization of reaction conditions

The optimum conditions affecting the formation of Meisenheimer complex

were studied and maintained throughout the experiment to determine the quantity of

ramipril in bulk and drug formulations.

Effect of heating time

To optimize the reaction time for colour development, 2.2 ml of 3.46 x 10" M

CDNB and 1.0 ml of 2.40 x lO'' M ramipril were added and kept on water bath at

0

100±1 C for varied time. The maximum intensity of colour was obtained at 30 min

Page 181: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

161

280 320 360 400

Wavelength (nm)

520

Fig. 4.1. Absorption Spectra of (a) 4. 80 x lO' M ramipril (b) 3.46 x 10' M

CDNB versus DMSO (c) Complex (4. 80 x 10 M ramipril and 1.73 x 10 M

CDNB) versus Blank (1.73 x 10 M CDNB).

Page 182: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

162

of heating and remained constant up to 34 min. Therefore, 32 min of reaction time

was used in equihbrium method (Fig. 4.2).

Effect of the concentration ofCDNB

The effect of the concentration of CDNB on the coloured product was studied

using the equilibrium procedure in the range 1.38 x 10' - 1.66 x 10' M. The

absorbance increased with increase in concentration of CDNB. The maximum

absorbance was obtained with 1.38x10' M; above this concentration absorbance

remained constant (Fig 4.3). Thus, 1.52 x 10' M was used for subsequent studies.

Stoichiometry

The stoichiometry of the reaction was established by limiting logarithmic

method [25]. The slopes of the plots of logarithm of absorbance versus logarithm of

respective varied molar concentration were calculated and found to be 1:1 between

ramipril and CDNB (Fig 4.4). The mole ratio method was also employed to evaluate

the combining ratio. The plot of absorbance versus mole ratio (ramipril/ CDNB) has

also confirmed that one mole of ramipril reacted with 1 mole of CDNB (Fig 4.5).

The apparent formation constant and Gibbs free energy (A G*) were calculated and

found to be 7.20 xlO^ and -56.12 KJ mol"', respectively.

Mechanism of the reaction

A literature survey revealed that brightly coloured products are formed when

polynitroaromatic and halopolynitroaromatic compounds react with bases. The

formation of coloured products is due to various interactions depending upon the

degree to which the base participates through its unshared electron pair with the

nitro compounds [25]. Ramipril possesses -NH group in its structure thus behaves

as a base. The addition of CDNB to ramipril in DMSO yielded the 1-substituted

Meisenheimer complex, which absorbs maximally at 420 nm. On the basis of our

Page 183: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

163

0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38

Time of heating (min)

Fig. 4.2. Effect of heating time on the absorbance of the coloured product

(ramipril 200.0 ^g ml').

Page 184: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

164

-^ 1 1 1 1 1 1 r

0.000 0.002 0.004 0.006 0.008 0.010 0.012 0.014 0.016 0.018 0.020

Concentration of CDNB (M)

Fig. 4.3. Effect of the concentration of CDNB on the absorbance of the coloured

product (ramipril 200.0 |j,g ml"').

Page 185: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

165

-1.6

-2.0 -

-2.4

a, -2S o

TO

o -3.2 m n <

o -3.6

-4.0

-4.4

-4.8

log A = -3.422 ±0.002 (r = 0.99904)

.002 ± 0.003 log [ramipril

log A = -2,063 ± 0.007 + 0.995 ± 0.016 log [CDNB] (r = 0.99999)

-1.0 -0.8 -0.6 -0.4 -0.2

Log [Ramipril] or [CDNB]

0.0 0.2

Fig. 4.4. Limiting logarithmic plots for molar combining ratio between

ramipril and CDNB: (a) log Absorbance versus log [Ramipril]; (b) log

Absorbance versus log [CDNB].

Page 186: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

166

0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.4

Mole ratio (Ramipril / CDNB)

Fig, 4,5. Mole ratio plot for the reaction between ramipril and CDNB in DMSO

([Ramipril] = [CDNB]) - 3,46x10" M).

Page 187: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

167

experimental findings and literature background [26] the reaction mechanism is

proposed and given in Scheme 4.1.

Solution stability

The solution stability was ascertained from UV spectra of reference standard

and quality control samples. The reference standard of the drug showed an

absorption peak at 260 nm. The standard and quality control sample solutions were

kept at room temperature for five days and it was observed that there was no change

in the absorption spectra of these solutions. The solution stability was also

ascertained by applying the standard and quality control samples on TLC plates

coated with silica gel G (Merck Limited, Mumbai, India) and developed in

methanol-chloroform (2:8 v/v) solvent system. The plates were air-dried and spots

were detected in the iodine chamber. In both the cases, a single spot was observed

with Rf = 0.80 corresponding to ramipril.

Analytical performance

Under the optimized experimental conditions mentioned above, the

absorbance of each solution was recorded as a function of time at a regular interval

of 3 min. The change in absorbance (AA) between the times ti (3 min) and t2 (6 or 9,

12, 15 min) was computed and plotted against the initial concentration of ramipril.

The corresponding linear regression equations with coefficient of correlations are

summarized in Table 4.1. As can be seen from the table that the most acceptable

linearity was obtained when the change in absorbance between 3 and 6 min (i.e. AA

= Ae - A3) was plotted against the initial concentration of ramipril. This fixed time

was adopted for the assay procedure.

Page 188: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

168

CDNB

Ramipril

DMSO

At 100°C

.„n\\\H

C OH

+ HCl

C OH

Meisenheimer yellow complex

Scheme 4.1

Page 189: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

Table 4.1 Calibration equations at different fixed times

169

AA Calibration equation

A6-A3 AA= 6.30X 10""+1.54x 10"- C 0.9999 4.14x10"" 3.14x10""

A9-A3 AA = -1.43 X 10-' + 2.04x 10"^C 0.9998 1.81x10"' 1.37x10"^

A,2-A3 AA = -3.36x 10--' + 2.62x 10"'C 0.9998 2.17x10" ' 1.64x10"'

A,5-A3 AA = -6.90x 10"' + 3.16x 10"'C 0.9997 4.18x10"^ 3.16x10"'

Page 190: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

170

The reaction between ramipril and CDNB required 30 min to complete.

Therefore, in equilibrium procedure, the calibration curve was constructed by

plotting absorbance measured after attaining the equilibrium (32 min) against the

initial concentration of ramipril. The linear dynamic range, molar absorptivity,

regression equation, correlation coefficient, confidence limits for slope and

intercept, limits of detection and quantitation, and variance of calibration line for

both the procedures are summarized in Table 4.2. The high values of correlation

coefficient indicated the excellent linearity of the calibration curves. The small

values of confidence limit of slope and intercept pointed towards good

reproducibility of the proposed procedures.

The accuracy and precision of the fixed time and equilibrium methods were

evaluated by performing five successive measurements within one day at three

different concentration levels (40, 120 and 220 |.ig ml"'). The inter day precision was

measured by assaying the bulk sample on five consecutive days. The results are

summarized in Table 4.3. The results showed that the RSD (< 0.22%) and standard

analytical error (< 0.04) found in intra and inter day assays can be considered to be

very satisfactory.

To test the applicability of the proposed methods, recovery experiments were

performed using the standard addition method. For this purpose, a known amount of

pure ramipril was spiked to its formulated preparations and the total amount of the

drug was estimated. The results are summarized in Table 4.4. As can be seen from

the table that the mean recovery ranged from 99.98 - 100.03% with low RSD values.

Moreover, it was also found that the degraded product of ramipril and common

excipients such as sodium stearyl fumarate, magnesium stearate, starch, lactose and

talc did not interfere with quantitation process.

Page 191: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

17]

o • * ^

it

E

"a

0)

S

.s "0 u x

u • * -u «

.a u s o

S _

"O B

H O

<s

o

£ 3

3

<

-a o -*—*

£

(U

o (N

I

O

O

I

O

m ^ oi

in

+

^

b

o

^ ^

tA u u E

£ M i u 00 c u o

c >>

c J

E o --

"o E ._ ~ -

>

e-o

5 "/%

i

c

3 a-c o

u 00

00 00

— ON v o OS

(N b O

o X

00 00

— o

ON

ON

X

(N

c/) c/5 h

-H M

ON ON ON O;

b

u

S .-

o o c o w

o U

r ^

»—' E 00 =L

s—^

Q 0 J

^ ^ ^

,' , E 00 =i. -— O 0 -J

1^

b X

(N r~;

c o

• ^

03

r2

o o

o CO

u CJ c 5

>

a o u c

o c

• a c: c o o

03

^ 00

4H "D

tS C/5

+1

ID > O

a.

o

Page 192: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

172

Table 4.3 Evaluation of accuracy and precision of the proposed methods

Proposed methods

Fixed time (A A)

Intra day assay

Inter day assay

Equilibrium method

Intra day assay

Inter day assay

Amount (^g ml-') Taken

40.0 120.0 220.0

40.0 120.0 220.0

40.0 120.0 220.0

40.0 120.0 220.0

Found ± SD'

40.01 ±0.06 119.99 ±0.06 219.99 ±0.07

39.97 ±0.08 119.99 ±0.06 219.94 ±0.07

39.99±0.08 119.98 ±0.07 219.98±0.07

40,01 ±0.09 120.01 ±0.08 220.03 ±0.08

RSD (%)

0.15 0.05 0.03

0.20 0.05 0.03

0.20 0.06 0.03

0.22 0.07 0.04

SAE''

0.026 0.026 0.032

0.036 0.029 0.033

0.036 0.031 0.032

0.039 0.035 0.036

C.L.'

0.072 0.071 0.088

0.099 0.080 0.092

0.100 0.085 0.089

0.107 0.097 0.101

' Mean for 5 independent analyses. ^ SAE, standard analytical error. •"CL., confidence limit at 95 % confidence level and 4 degrees of freedom (t = 2.776).

Page 193: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

< 00

^^l -vO m ( N O O

ON ^ ( N ( N

o o o — • ^ r ^

O O o o o o '73

Q

a:

> o

o o

00 ON

OS ON

o o

o o o o

o o

ON ON

ON ON

o o

ON ON

ON ON

ON i n O O

d d

. O N

^ O S

• a o

3 CT"

00

3 O

< c/5

Q to

c 3 o

-a u -o T3

<

o d -H 0 0 O N

ON O N

O

d -H

O

d

o d 4H ON ON

OS

O

d -H ON ON

O N

O

d

o d NO

OS rsi o

o d 0 0

o d so

0 0 rs| o

o d

o d NO

0 0

o

q d 0 0

o d so

CM

o

OS

q d -H rs |

q d o

q d -H OS O N

OS

o o o o

o q d d r r 00

o o d d VO NO

s o OS

o q d d

Q X Q N -

NO 'J~\

o o d d

oo •^ o o d d

S O i/~i

o o

> o o <o

(5N

0 0 OS OS ON

ON OS OS OS

OS OS OS OS

OS OS ON ON

q q d d o o

-o o

• 4 - '

D

E

T3

X

c • • - '

E u O

tin

tJfi

c O 6 <

21

-o c 3 O

-o <D

• a T3

<

X )

s o SO

q o d d -H -H 00 00 ON ON O^ O^ Os m

q o d d ^ oo

o o

00 O

o o -H o

-H oo OS OS ON

ON Os r<-i OS ^

O O

d d • ^ 0 0

o o

q d -H

o d o

q d M

q d

q q d d • * 00

o o o o so so

(/)

9 - ^ E .9-cS$i

o so

u o P 5

o NO

o 0)

N 03

c/) <

_u 3

D.

o o so SO

03

03 "O

S- S X ^

00 (U

C

C (U

c u (U

• a .S m

c (a

Page 194: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

174

The proposed methods have been applied for the analysis of ramipril in

commercial dosage forms. The analysis of the same batch of samples was also

completed by Abdellatefs spectrophotometric method [10]. The results of the

proposed method (fixed time or equilibrium method) were compared with those

obtained by the Abdellatefs spectrophotometric method. The student's t- and F-

values at 95% confidence level did not exceed the tabulated t- and F- values. The

interval hypothesis test [27] has also been performed to compare the results at 95%

confidence level. The results presented in Table 4,5 showed that the true bias of all

samples is smaller than ±2% indicating the compliance of the regulatory authorities

[28]. These tests have confirmed that there is no significant difference between the

performances of the methods compared.

Page 195: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

175

Table 4.5 Comparison of the proposed methods with the reference method

Formulations

Tablets

Ramipres (Cipla)

Fixed time method Recovery RSD

(%) (%)

100.03 0.05 eL= 0.986 eu= 1.012

Equilibrium method Recovery RSD

(%) (%)

99.99 0.07 eL= 0,986 eu = 1.013

Reference method Recovery RSD

(%) (%)

99.98 0.09

Ramace 100.01 0.06 100.00 0.07 99.98 0.08 (AstraZeneca) eL=0.987 0u= 1.012 0L=O.987 eu= 1.013

t = 0.063 F= 1.889 t =0.038 F= 1.443

Capsule

Hopace 99.95 0.06 99.98 0.09 100.00 0.10 (Cardicare) eL= 0.986 Gu = 1.014 91=0.983 80 = 1.016

t = 0.081 F = 2.819 t = 0.029 F= 1.217

Theoretical t- (v = 8) and F-values (v = 4, 4) at 95 % confidence level are 2.306 and 6.39, respectively. 9L and Gyare within the acceptable limits of ± 2%.

Page 196: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

176

REFERENCES

[I] D. N. Franz, ''Cardiovascular Drugs" In: (edited by A. R. Gennaro) 19" edition,

Vol. II, Mack Publishing Company, Pennsylvania (1995) p. 951.

[2] T. G. Warner, and M. C. Perry, Drugs 62 (2002) 1381.

[3] British Pharmacopoeia, II, H. M. Stationery Office, London (2000) p. 1331.

[4] Z. Zhimeng, V. Andre, N. Len, J. Chromatography B. 779 (2002)297.

[5] B. Francesco, M. Patrizia, Q. Fabiasa, IL Farmaco 49 (1994) 457.

[6] U. J. Dhorda, N. B. Shetkar, Indian Drugs 36 (1999) 638.

[7] S. S. Zarapakar, S. H. Rane, Indian Drugs 37 (2000)589.

[8] J. N. Harlikar, A. M. Amlani, Research J. ofChem. & Environ. 7 (2003) 59.

[9] S. Hillaer, K. De Grauwe, W. Van den Bossche, J. Chromatogr. A, 924 (2001)

439.

[10] H. E. Abdellatef, M. M. Ayad, E. A. Taha. J. Pharm. Biomed Anal. 18 (1999)

1021.

[II] M. M. Ayad, A. A. Shalaby, H. E. Abdellatef, M. M. Hosny, J. Pharm.

Biomed Anai 28(2002)311.

[12] J. A. Prieto, R. M. Jimenez, R. M. Alonso, IL Farmaco 58 (2003)343.

[13] H. Y. Aboul-Enein, R. I. Stefen, J. F. van Staden, Anal. Lett. 32 (1999) 623.

[14] H. G. Eckert, G. Muenscher, R. Oekonomopulos, H. Strecker, H. Urbach, H. A,

V^issmsinn, Arzneim.-Forsch. 35 (1985) 1251.

[15] H. H. Abdine, F. A. El-Yazbi, R. A. Shaalan, S. M. Blaih, S. T. P. Pharm Sci.

9(1999)587.

[16] H. Sakm, Chin. Pharm. J. 51(1999)123.

[17] N. Erk, Anal. Lett. 32(1999)1371.

Page 197: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

177

fl8] S. M. Blaih, H. H. Abdine, F. A. El-Yazbi, R. A. Shaalan, Spectrosc. Lett. 33

(2000)91.

[19] F. M. Salama, O. I. A. El-Sattar, N. M. El-Aba Sawy, M. M. Fuad, Al Azhar J.

Pharm. 5c/, 27 (2001)121.

[20] A. A. Al-Majed, F. Belal, A. A. Al-Warthan, Spectrosc. Lett. 34(2001) 211.

[21] A. A. Al-Majed, J. Al-Zehouri, IL Fannaco 56(2001) 291.

[22] N. Rahman, Y. Ahmad, S. N. H. Azmi, A. A. P. S. PharmaSciTech. 6 (2005)

543.

[23] J. Ermer, J. Pharm. Biomed. Anal. 24 (2001) 755.

[24] J. Rose, Advanced Physico-Chemical Experiments, Pitman, London (1964) p.

67.

[25] E. Buncell, A. R. Norris, K. E. Russell, Q. Rev. Chem. Soc. 22 (1968) 123.

[26] M. J. Strauss, Chem. Rev. 70 (1970) 667.

[27] C. Hartmann, J. Smeyers-Verbeke, W. Pinninckx, Y. V. Heyden, P.

Vankeerberghen, and D. L. Massart, Anal. Chem. 67 (1995) 4491.

[28] Canada Health Protection Branch, Drugs Directorate Guidelines: Acceptable

methods, Ministry of National Health and Welfare, Draft, Ottawa, Canada

(1992).

Page 198: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

178

SPECTROPHOTOMETRIC METHODS FOR

THE DETERMINATION OF PERINDOPRIL

ERBUMINE IN PHARMACEUTICAL

PREPARATIONS VIA TERNARY COMPLEX

FORMATION WITH Zn ( I I ) AND EOSIN AND

CHARGE TRANSFER COMPLEXATION WITH

IODINE

Page 199: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

179

INTRODUCTION

Perindopril erbumine is chemically known as, tert-butyl-amine salt of [[2S-1-

(R, R) 2a, 3aP, 7aP]-l-[2-(l-ethoxy carbonyl butyl] amino]-oxopropyl, octa-lH

indole-2 carboxylic acid [CAS No. 107133-36-8, MW. 441.6], It is used for

management of hypertension and congestive heart failure. The effectiveness of

perindopril as an antihypertensive drug has been demonstrated in various clinical

trials [1,2]. The prodrug is transformed in vivo by hydrolysis into pharmacologically

active perindoprilat. It is thought that perindopril reduces blood pressure by

inhibiting the enzyme which catalyses the conversion of angiotensin I to angiotensin

II. Decreased plasma angiotensin II leads to increase plasma rennin activity and a

decrease in aldosterone. Studies in animals and humans suggest that specific and

competitive suppression of the rennin-angiotensin-aldosterone system is the main

mechanism by which blood pressure is reduced.

The drug is officially listed in the monograph of British Pharmacopoeia [3],

which describes a potentiometric titration procedure for its assay in formulations. In

order to assure the quantity of perindopril in pharmaceutical preparations, several

methods have been reported in the literature for the determination of perindopril

such as GC [4], GC-MS [5], HPLC [6], capillary electrophoresis [7], atomic

absorption spectrophotometry [8 ], and radioimmunoassay [9,10].

Few spectrophotometric methods have also been reported for its quantification

in commercial dosage forms using eosin and copper [8], bromothymol blue at pH

5[11], FeCls in the presence of potassium thiocyanate [11]. TT- acceptors [12] such as

2,3- dichloro- 5,6- dicyano-p-benzoquinone, 7,7,8,8- tetracyanoquinodimethane,

tetracyanoethylene, chloranil and p-chloranilic acid as chromogenic reagents.

Kinetic spectrophotometric method was also utilized based on the reaction with 1-

Page 200: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

180

chloro 2,4- dinitrobenzene and measuring the rate of change of absorbance at 420

nm [13]. The assay of perindopril was carried out by UV-spectrophotometry using

zero crossing method [14].

This chapter reports two simple, sensitive and accurate spectrophotometric

methods for the determination of perindopril in commercial dosage forms. Method

A is based on the ternary complex formation with Zn (II) and eosin which is

quantitatively extracted into chloroform and measured at 510 nm whereas Method B

is based on the formation of charge transfer complex between perindopril and iodine

in dichloromethane at room temperature.

EXPERIMENTAL

Apparatus

Spectral runs were made on a Shimadzu UV-visible 1601 spectrophotometer

(Kyoto, Tokyo, Japan). All other spectrophotometric measurements were made on

Spectronic 20 D" spectrophotometer (Milton Roy Company, USA).

Materials and reagents

All chemicals and reagents were of analytical or pharmaceutical grade.

Perindopril erbumine was kindly provided by Glenmark Pharmaceuticals Ltd.

Mumbai, India.

Pharmaceutical formulations of perindopril erbumine such as Coversyl (Serdia

Pharmaceuticals Ltd., India) and Perigard (Glenmark Pharmaceuticals Ltd., India)

were purchased from local drug stores.

(I) 1.39x10" M zinc sulphate (Merck limited, Mumbai, India) solution was prepared

in doubly distilled water

(II) 1.45xl0"'M eosin (Fluka Chemie AG, Switzerland) solution was also prepared

in doubly distilled water.

Page 201: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

18i

(111) 2.36x10"" M iodine resublimed (Merck limited Munibai, India.) solution was

prepared in dichloromethane (Merck limited, Mumbai, India.).

Standard test solutions

Standard perindopril (Img ml"') (Batch No. K32002003, Glenmark

Pharmaceuticals Ltd, Mumbai) solutions were prepared in doubly distilled water and

dichloromethane for methods A and B, respectively. The solutions were stable for at

least five days if stored at room temperature and dark place.

Proposed procedures

Method A

Appropriate volumes (0.05-1.00 ml) of the standard perindopril solution (1 mg

ml"') were placed into a series of 100 ml separating funnels. To each funnel, 2.2 ml

of zinc sulphate (1.39 xlO"' M) solution was added followed by 2.0 ml of eosin

(1.45 X10"''M) solution and shaken well. The complex was extracted with 2 x 2.5 ml

portions of chloroform and chloroform layer was passed over anhydrous sodium

sulphate. The absorbance of the resulting complex was measured at 510 nm against

blank in which the drug is omitted. The nominal content of the drug was determined

from the calibration graph or corresponding regression equation.

Methods

Appropriate volumes of standard solution of perindopril (1 mg ml"')

corresponding to 50- 900 \xg were transferred into a series of 5 ml volumetric flasks.

To each flask, 2.0 ml of 2.36 xlO"" M iodine was added and diluted to volume with

dichloromethane. The contents of each flask were mixed well and absorbance of the

yellow coloured product was measured at 365 nm against a reagent blank in which

drug is omitted. The absorbance was plotted against the initial concentration to get

the calibration curve. Alternatively, regression equation was derived.

Page 202: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

182

Determination procedure for perindopril in pharmaceutical formulations

Twenty five tablets of perindopril (label claim: 2.0 mg/tablet) were powdered

and perindopril was extracted separately by shaking with 20 ml doubly distilled

water and dichloromethane for methods A and B, respectively., followed by another

two extractions, each with 10 ml of distilled water and dichloromethane. The

extracts were filtered through Whatmann No 42 filter paper (Whatmann

International Limited, Kent, UK) into a 50 ml volumetric flask and then diluted to

volume with appropriate solvent. An aliquot of the diluted solution was analysed for

perindopril content following the proposed procedures.

Limits of detection and quantitation

According to International Conference on Harmonisation (ICH) guidelines

[15], the following expressions are used to evaluate LOD and LOQ.

LOD = 3 ,3xSo/bandLOQ=10xSo/b

where So and b are standard deviation and slope of the calibration line, respectively .

Evaluation of bias

The point and interval hypothesis tests [16] have been performed to compare

results of the proposed methods with those of the reference method at 95%

confidence level. The test method is considered acceptable when its true mean is

within ± 2.0 % of that of the reference method. This can be written as

0.98<^2/lii <1.02

which can be generalized to

9L < 1^7/HI <9U

where 9L and 6u are lower and upper acceptance limits, respectively which were

calculated from the following quadratic equation [16].

e'\x',-Syin,]-297,7-,^e\xl~Syin^]=^

Page 203: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

183

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION

Method A

Ternary complexes of general formula (LnMxSy) have been widely used in

spectrophotometric analysis [17-23]. In the present study, the ternary complex was

utilized for the determination of perindopril in which main ligand L is perindopril,

the second ligand S is eosin and M is Zn (II). The ternary complex is extractable

with chloroform, whereas the binary system (zinc- drug and zinc - eosin) cannot be

extracted in that way. In the ternary complex, the interaction of Zn (II) (X),

perindopril (Y) and eosin (Z) may be considered as

either XY+Z<^ XZ+Y

or XY +Z ^ XYZ

The absorption spectra have been recorded for each component, separately, and to

their mixture under the experimental conditions discussed above in both aqueous

and organic solvent. The spectra revealed (Fig. 5.1) that aqueous solution of eosin

(Z) absorbed maximally in the visible region at 470 nm and there are no significant

changes in colour and absorption spectrum in the presence of Zn (II) or perindopril,

while neither Zn (II) nor the perindopril shows any absorption in the visible region,

However, when Zn (II) solution is mixed with a mixture containing perindopril and

eosin, the orange - yellow colour changes to red. The absorption spectrum of the

reaction mixture exhibited a new band peaking at 510 nm. The later spectrum is

attributed to the formation of ternary complex.

Optimization of the experimental condition

The different experimental parameters affecting the colour development and

its stability were carefully studied and optimized. Such factors were changed

individually while the others were kept constant.

Page 204: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

184

-r 1 1 1 1 1 r

320 340 360 380 400 420 440 460 480 500 520 540 560 580 600

wavelength(nm)

Fig. 5.1. Absorption spectra of (a) 4.34x10''' M eosin; (b) 4.34x10" M eosin and

8.35x10"* M Zn (II); (c) 4.34x10"'' M eosin and 50.0 ng ml' perindopril against

doubly distilled water (d) 200.0 jig ml' perindopril with 6.12xl0''' M Zn (II)

and 5.78 xlO' M eosin extracted into chloroform against blank (6.12x10" M Zn

(II) and 5.78 x l O ^ eosin ) treated similarly.

Page 205: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

185

colour changes to red. The absorption spectrum of the reaction mixture exhibited a

new band peaking at 510 nm. The later spectrum is attributed to the formation of

ternary complex.

Optimization of the experimental condition

The different experimental parameters affecting the colour development and

its stability were carefully studied and optimized. Such factors were changed

individually while the others were kept constant.

Effect ofZn (II) concentration

The effect of concentration of Zn (II) on the absorbance of the ternary

complex was studied over the concentration range 2.78xlO'V- 6.68xlO'^M;

keeping the concentrations of the drug (4.53XI0"' 'M) and eosin (5.78X10' ' 'M)

constant. It was observed that increasing the concentration of Zn (II) would result in

a gradual increase in the absorbance of the ternary complex up to5.56x10' M and

remained constant up to 6.68xlO"- M. Thus 6.12xlO'^M of Zn (II) was used as an

optimum concentration (Fig. 5.2).

Effect of eosin concentration

The effect of eosin concentration on the absorbance of the ternary complex

was examined in the concentration range of 2.89xlO"^M- 6.36X10' ' 'M; keeping the

concentration of the drug (4.53xlO"'*M) and Zn (II) (6.12xlO''^M) constant. It was

found that increasing the concentration of eosin resulted in a subsequent increase in

the absorbance value of the ternary complex up to 5.20X10'' 'M and remained

constant up to 6.36 X10"''M. Therefore, a concentration of 5.78X10"''M was used as

the optimum concentration of eosin (Fig. 5.3).

Page 206: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

186

-i r

0,000 0,001 0.002 0.003 0.004 0,005 0.006 0.007

2+ Concentration of Zn *M

Fig. 5.2. Effect of molar concentration of Zn (II) on the formation of ternary

complex

Page 207: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

187

0,0000 0.0001 0.0002 0.0003 0.0004 0.0005 0.0006 0.0007

Concentration of eosin, M

Fig. 5.3. Effect of molar concentration of eosin on the formation of ternary

complex

Page 208: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

188

Effect of shaking time

In order to examine the effect of shaking time on the complex formation and

the absorbance of the drug- Zn (II) - eosin ternary complex, experiment was

performed for the periods ranging from 1-3 min. A constant absorbance was

obtained from one min. shaking and remained constant up to three min. Therefore,

two min. shaking time was recommended for the determination process.

Stoichiometry of the ternary complex

The stoichiometrty of the reaction was studied adopting the limiting

logarithmic method [24]. For this, three sets of experiments were performed. In the

first set, the concentration of perindopril was varied; keeping excess concentrations

of Zn (II) (6.12 xiO"^M) and eosin (2.89 xlQ-^M). In the second set, the

concentration of Zn (II) was varied while keeping high concentrations of perindopril

(4.53 xlO'^M) and eosin (2.89 xlO"- M). In the last experiment, excess

concentrations of Zn (II) (6.12 x\Q'^M) and perindopril (4.53 xiO'- M) were

employed and the effect on the absorbance was observed on varying the

concentration of eosin. A plot of log absorbance vs. log [perindopril] or log [Zn (II)]

or log [eosin] gave straight lines; the values of the slopes are 0.97, 1.02 and 1.01,

respectively. (Fig. 5.4 a, b and c) Hence, it is concluded that the reaction proceeds

in the ratio 1: 1:1, confirming that one molecule of the drug denses with one

molecule of Zn (II) and one molecule of eosin. Based on the obtained molar

reactivity, and literature background, the possible reaction pathway is proposed and

shown in Scheme 5.1.

Page 209: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

189

-3.0

2+1 log[Drug] or [Eosin] or [Zn ]

Fig. 5.4. Limitting logarithmic plot for molar combining ratio between

perindopril, Zn (II) and eosin: (a) log Absorbance vs log [Perindopril]; (b) log .2+

Absorbance vs log [Zn ]; (c) log Absorbance vs log [eosin].

Page 210: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

190

CH3

O-V + Br-

• C = 0

OH

^ = ^ ^

COOC2H5

Br + Zn^"

R= CH-CH2CH2CH3

COOC2H5 Extracted in CHCl

1

CH3

/

Zn

•y ^—c

OH

. . ^ ^

Scheme 5.1

Page 211: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

Method B

The absorption spectrum of iodine in dichloromethane showed only one peak

with maximum absorption at 500 nm. The colour of iodine changes to yellow upon

reaction with perindopril. This is due to charge transfer complexation reaction

between the n- donor amine and the a- acceptor iodine followed by the formation of

tri- iodide ion pair (Scheme 5.2) that exhibited strong absorption maxima at 290 and

365 nm (Fig. 5.5).

Optimization of the experimental condition

Effect of concentration of iodine

The influence of concentration of iodine on the absorbance of the complex

was investigated by treating varied concentration (4.73 xlO'^M- 1.04 xlO' M) of

iodine with 0.75 ml of 2.26 x]0"^M perindopril into a series of 5 mi flasks. The

contents were diluted with the same solvent at room temperature. The highest

absorbance was achieved with 8.51 xlO''' M iodine. Further addition of iodine

caused no change in the absorbance and therefore, 9.44x10''' M iodine was selected

as an optimum concentration for determination process (Fig. 5.6).

Stoichiometric relationship

Job's Method [25] was applied to determine the molar combining ratio for

charge transfer complex, perindopril- iodine. It is apparent from Fig. 5.7 that the

molar combining ratio between perindopril and iodine is 1:1.

The spectrophotometric data were used to calculate the association constant

and apparent molar absorptivity of the perindopril- iodine charge transfer complex

using the Ross and Labs equation [26]:

MHO) , ± , J , , 1 , ' [A] + ID] A, Ke, [A] + [D] c,

Page 212: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

Stepl-

192

H,C O HOOQ

" 1 D ^ H H

N' H 6

H,C HOOC

H,C HOOC

H ^1 0 ^ - /

Step 2-H.C

H.C

HOOC

HX-^ P HOOC

r+i2

Tri- iodide ion pair

Scheme 5.2

Page 213: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

193

- I 1 1 i r

200 250 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700

V\^ve length (nm)

-3 Fig. 5.5. Absorption spectra of (a) 1.5 ml of 2.36 x 10" M iodine in

-3 dichloromethane and (b) 750,0 ng perindopril and 2.0 ml of 2.36 x 10 M

iodine in dichloromethane. In both cases, the solutions were diluted to 5 ml.

Page 214: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

194

0.0000 0.0002 0.0004 0.0006 0.0008 0.0010 0.0012

Concentration of iodine,M

Fig. 5.6. Effect of the molar concentration of iodine on the absorbance of

coloured product (perindoprii 150.0 |ag ml"')

Page 215: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

195

0.0 01 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 06 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.0

mole fraction of drug

Fig. 5,7, Job's plot for the reaction between perindopril and iodine in

dichlorometane ([Perindopril] = [Iodine] = 1,00x10' M).

Page 216: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

196

where [A] and [D] are the initial molar concentration of iodine and perindopril,

respectively. Aj,^ and f are the absorbance and apparent molar absorptivity of the

charge transfer complex at the wavelength X. K is the association constant of the

complex.

The values of -^—^—— x — were plotted against which yielded a [A] + [D] A, [A] + [D]

•• 1 1 straight line (Fig. 5.8) with the slope of and intercept — . This straight line is

described by the following regression equation:

i i l i ^ x — = 7.62x10^'X ^ + 2.69x10^" (r =0.9999) [A]^[D] A, [A]^-{D]

From the above equation, the association constant and apparent molar

absorptivity of the charge transfer complex were found to be 3.53x10'and 3.71 xlO'

1 mol" cm' , respectively. The standard free energy of complexation, AG , was

calculated using the relation: AG = -RTln K and found to be - 20,25 KJmol" .

Validation parameters

Selectivity

The selectivity of the method was ascertained by analyzing standard

perindopril in presence of excipients such as lactose, magnesium stearate, cellulose

and silicon dioxide. It was observed that both methods are free from interferences.

Analytical data

Standard calibration curves for both the procedures were constructed by

plotting absorbance against concentration of perindopril (^g ml"'). Beer's law range

and molar absorptivity are given in Table 5.1. Regression equations were derived

using the method of least squares. The correlation coefficients, standard

Page 217: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

197

0.00041

0.00040 -

0.00039

+

•^ 0.00038 -<

<

0.00037

0.00036

0.00035 1 1 > r 1100 1200 1300 1400 1500 1600 1700 1600

1/[D] + [A]

Fig. 5.8. Plot of 1/A X ([D] [A] / [D] + [A]) Vs. 1/[D] + [A]

Page 218: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

198

Table 5.1 Optical characteristics and statistical data of the regression equations

Parameters Method A Method B

Beer's law limit (jLig ml"') 10.0-200.0 10.0- 180.0

Molar absorptivity (I mol"'cm') 2.25x10^ 3.71x10^

Linear regression equation A = 4.15x 10"V 5.10x1 Q-' C A = -4.43x 10"'' +4.50x 1 Q' C

Sa 4.51x10"' 7.58x10"'

tSa 1.07x10'^ 1.79x10"^

Sb 3.71x10"' 6.93X10-'

tSb 8.77x10"' 1.64x10"^

Correlation coefficient (r) 0.9999 0.9999

Variance (So^) 2.25x10"' 1.49x10"'

Detection limit (^g ml"') 0.49 0.90

Quantitation limit (f g ml"') 1.48 2.71

± t Sa, Confidence limit for intercept.

± t Sb, Confidence limit for slope.

Page 219: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

199

deviation of slope and intercept, variance of calibration line and detection and

quantitation limits were calculated and listed in Table 5.1. The values of correlation

coefficient and variance clearly indicated the excellent linearity of calibration graph

and negligible scattering of the experimental data points around the calibration line,

respectively.

Accuracy and precision

In order to determine accuracy and precision of the proposed procedures

quality control sample solutions containing three different concentrations (20.0,

100.0 and 180.0 \x% ml'') were prepared and analyzed in five replicates within one

day as well as for five consecutive days. The standard deviations (SD), relative

standard deviations (% RSD), standard analytical error (SAE) and confidence limit

(CL) were calculated and summarized in Table 5.2.

Recovery studies

Recovery experiments were carried out by standard addition method. The

concentration of perindopril was determined in tablets (Coversyl-2.0, Perigard-2.0)

after spiking with 50 and 200% of additional drug. It was observed from Table 5.3

that the methods A and B afforded recoveries in the range of 99.97% - 100.05%.

Application

The applicability of the proposed methods for the assay of perindopril in drug

formulations has been tested on commercially available tablets. The results of the

proposed methods were statistically compared with those of the reference method

[12] using point and interval hypothesis tests. Table 5.4 shows that the calculated t-

(paired) and F-values at 95% confidence level are less than the theoretical ones,

confirming no significant difference between the methods compared. For

pharmaceutical analysis, a bias of ±2.0% is acceptable and the limit of acceptance

Page 220: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

200

Table 5.2 Evaluation of the accuracy and precision of the two proposed methods

Proposed methods

Method A

Intra day assay

Inter day assay

Method B

Intra day assay

Inter day assay

Amount

(Mgml-')

Taken

20.0

100.0

180.0

20.0

100.0

180.0

20.0

100.0

180.0

20.0

100.0

180.0

Found ± SD"

19.99 ±0.22

99.96 ±0.16

180.04±0.26

19.99 ±0.33

99.99 ±0.22

179.88±0.29

20.01 ±0.30

100.05 ±0.19

179.97 ±0.34

19.97 ±0.46

100.01 ±0.34

180.05 ±0.43

Recovery ± RSD'

(%)

99.99± 1.12

99.96 ±0.16

100.02±0.15

99.99 ± 1.64

99.99 ±0.22

99.93 ±0.16

100.05 ± 1.49

100.05 ±0.19

99.98 ±0.19

99.83 ±2.3!

100.00 ±0.34

100.03 ±0.24

SAE"

0.10

0.07

0.12

0.15

0.10

0.13

0.13

0.08

0.15

0.21

0.15

0.19

C.L."

0.28

0.20

0.33

0.41

0.28

0.36

0.37

0.23

0.42

0,57

0,42

0.53

^Mean for five independent analyses.

SAE, standard analytical error.

• C.L., confidence limit at 95% confidence level and four degrees of freedom (t = 2.776).

Page 221: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

201

I -o e« •o u «s

•o e • * —

?-. £>

a « CS

o. u O. "a _y — s w

I a a u a. o

a

o

O • • - '

w

« i? H ft

o x; • * -»

O

3 o

§

-J

< GO

>

+1

o CO ai

6J) 3 u.

T3 <^-( O t« 1/1 <u u X tu

CJ

< 00

Q u^ c^

D

_^ K) C a o ^-> -a (U • a -a M

<u > o o 1)

a:

t * 3 UH

•a ^+H

o t/1 M

<u o X w

E Q C/5 tf!

(D

a c n) o

• * - '

T3 m •a • a «!

NT

i n

O

O O

o

o +1 o o o

O

00

o o

^

o

o o o

o

o

•^2

o

o

o 4 in o o o

d

ON

o d

r--

d

o d o

o d IT)

oo

d

o o

d

o d

d

o o

d

t n —; d -H o ON ON ON

^ rx) d +1 (N O d o »—

o (N d -H o o d o • — '

ON -^ d -H r--ON ON ON

^ o o o

q fN

o o i n (N

> o o

.2 •5 C/5

o I

u W

*u

0-

e c

O

o t

o

c W

C •a c D D. u •n c u >

w <

E o •o

V 1) u oc <u

•u u 3

<£ T3 C

>

(U o c -o c o o

to ON

^ •? c 03

• a c

o c u

c o o

O

Page 222: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

202

Table 5.4 Determination of perindopril in pharmaceutical preparations by the proposed methods and reference method [12]

Formulations Method A Method B

Recovery RSD

(%) (%)

Recovery RSD

(%) (%)

Reference method [ 12]

Recovery RSD

(%) (%)

Coversyl2.0 99.93 0.101 100.09 0.165

(Serdia) eL=0.983 eu=1.016 eL=0.982 00=1.016

99.92

t=0.02 F= 1.387 t=0.27 F=1.08

Perigard2.0 99.80 0.146 100.02 0.093

(Glenmerck) eL=0,983 eu=1.0]9 eL=0.987 eu=1.011

t=0.20 F=1.88 t=0.11 F=1.67

99.94

0.172

0.201

Page 223: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

203

interval is within 9L= 0.98 and 0u= 1.02. It is observed from the Table 5.4 that the

true bias is well within the acceptance limit at 95 % confidence level.

Page 224: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

204

REFERENCES

[I] K. R. Lees, J. L. Reid, Eur. J. Clin. Pharmacol. 31(1987) 519.

[2] D. Herpin, J. P. Santoni, F. Pouyollon, J. Demange, Curr. Threap. Res. 45

(1989)576.

[3] British Pharmacopoeia. II. H. M. Stationery Office. London, U.K. (2004) p.

1510.

[4] K. M. Sareda, T. C. Hardmann, M. R. Dilloway, A. F. Lant, Anal. Proc. 30

(1993)371.

[5] C. Trasconas, M. Devissaguet, P. Padieu, J. Chromatogr. B: Biomed. Sci. Appl.

488(1989)249.

[6] A. Gunieniczek, H. Hopkala, Chem. Anal. (Warsaw) 43 (1998) 951.

[7] S. Hillaert, B. W. Van Den, J. Pharm. Biomed. Anal. 18 (2001) 775,

[8] H. E. Abdellatef, M. M. Ayad, E. A. Taha, J. Pharm. Biomed Anal. 78 (1999)

1021.

[9] L. Doucet, B. De Veyrac, M. Delaage, H. Cailla, C. Bernheim, M.

Devissague, J. Pharm. Sci. 79 (1990) 741.

[10] B. H. Van Den, G. Resplandy, A. Th. H. J. De Bie, W. Floor, M. Bertrand, C.

J. M. J. Pharm. Biomed Anal. 9 (1991) 517.

[II] H. E. Abdellatef, H. 0. Ragab, M. M. Baraka, Zagazig J.Pharm. Sci. 7 (1998)

59.

[12] H. E. Abdellatef, /. Pharm. Biomed Anal. 17 (1998) 1267.

[13] N. Rahman, N. Anwar, M. Kashif, Chem. Pharm. Bull. 54 (2006) 33.

[14] N. Erk, J.Pharm. Biomed Anal. 26 (2001) 43.

[15] J. Ermer, J Pharm. Biomed Anal. 24 (2001) 755.

Page 225: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

205

[16] C. Hartmann, J. S. Verbeke, W. Penninckx, Y. V. Heyden P. Vankeerber, D.

L. Massart, Anal. Chem. 67(1995)4491.

[17] Y. Fujita, I. Mori, S. Kitano, Y. Koshiyama, Chem. Pharm. Bull. 33 (1985)

242.

[18] I. Mori, Y. Fujita, H. Kawabe, K. Fujita, T. Tanaka, A. Kishimoto, Analyst

111 (1986)1409.

[19] Y. Fujita, I. Mori, T. Fujita, T. Tanaka, Y. Koshiyama, H. Kawabe, Chem.

Pharm. Bull. 34 (1986) 2236.

[20] Y. Fujita, I. Mori, K. Fujita, T. Tanaka, Chem. Pharm. Bull. 35 (1987) 865.

[21] A. Morales, I. Valladares, Fresenius Z. Anal. Chem. 334 (1989) 53.

[22] B. P. Issopoulos, P. T. Economou, Fresenius Z. Anal. Chem. 345 (1993) 595.

[23] A. F. M, El Walily, S. F. Belal, R. S. Bakry, J. Pharm. Biomed. Anal 14

(1996) 1267.

[24] J. Rose, Advancedphysico- chemical experiment. Vol 9. Pitman, London, UK

(1964) p. 67.

[25] L. Werner, D. F. ^oWz, Anal Chem. 43 (1971) 1265.

[26] S. D. Ross, M. M. Labes, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 79 (1957) 76.

Page 226: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

942 Chem. Pluirm. Bull. 53(8) 942—948 (2005) Vol, 53, No. 8

Validated Kinetic Spectrophotometric Metliod for the Determination of Metoprolol Tartrate in Pharmaceutical Formulations

Nafisur RAHMAN,* Habibur RAHMAN, and Syed Najmul Hejaz AZMI

Department of Chemistry, Aligarh Muslim University; Aligarh-202002 (U.P.) India. Received February 28, 2005; accepted May 6, 2005

A kinetic spectrophotometric mettiod lias been described for the determination of metoprolol tartrate in pharmaceutical formulations. The method is based on reaction of the drug with alkaline potassium perman­ganate at 25±1°C. The reaction is followed spectrophotometrically by measuring the change in absorbance at 610 nm as a function of time. The initial rate and fixed time (at 15.0 min) methods are utilized for constructing the calibration graphs to determine the concentration of the drug. Both the calibration graphs are linear in the concentration range of 1.46x10"'—8.76x10"'vi (10.0—60.0/ig per 10ml). The calibration data resulted In the linear regression equations of log (rate)=3.634+0.999 logC and /l = 6.300xl0"''+6.49lx|0"^ C for initial-rate and fixed time methods, respectively. The limits oi quantitation for initial rate and fixed time methods are 0.04 and O.lO^gmP', respectively. The activation parameters such as £,, 4//*, AS* and 4 0 ' are also evaluated for the reaction and found to be 90.73 kJmor' , 88.20 kJmor' , 84.54 JK~'moP' and 63.01 kJmol"', respectively. The results are validated statistically and through recovery studies. The method has been successfully applied to the determination of metoprolol tartrate in pharmaceutical formulations. Statistical comparison of the results with the reference method shows excellent agreement and indicates no significant difference in accuracy and pre­cision.

Key words spectrophotometry; metoprolol tartrate; validation parameters; pharmaceutical formulation

Metoprolol tartrate is a iBciective /3-adrenergic antagonist, which is used in the treatment of cardiovascular disorders such as hypertension, angina pectoris, cardiac arrhythmias and myocardial infarction. The drug is quite sensitive, even a small dose of the drug gives sufficient blockade. Since the /?-blockers are also misused as doping agents in sports and therefore these drugs have been added to the list of forbidden drugs by the International Olympic Committee (IOC)." Therefore the development of an analytical method for the determination of metoprolol tartrate is of great significance.

The assay of the drug is listed in the monograph of British Pharmacopoeia, which describes a potentiometric titration method. ^ Several analytical methods have been developed for the determination of metoprolol in biological fluids and pharmaceutical formulations based on high performance liq­uid chromatography,-'"'" gas chromatography,'^''^' capillary electrophoresis,'"*' thin layer chromatography,"'" infrared spectroscopy,'"and electrochemical methods."'" The above mentioned techniques are sensitive but expensive and require laborious clean up procedure prior to analysis. Spectropho­tometry is the technique of choice even today due to its in­herent simplicity and therefore frequently used in the labora­tories of the developing countries to overcome versatile ana­lytical problem. The drug has been determined in the visible region based on ion-pair formation between drug and reagents like oxidized quercetin^"'; bromophenol blue, bromocresol purple, bromocresol green^"; benzyl orange^^'; bromothymol blue^^'; and carbon disulfide-copper chloride.^''' The charge transfer complexation reactions of metoprolol tartrate with a and ;r-acceptors^'*'"' have also been utilized for its quantification in pharmaceutical formulations. Shing-bal and Bhangle^*' have reported a spectrophotometric method based on the reaction of drug with 2,4-dinitrofluo-robenzene in HCl/dioxan medium to form a colored chro-mophore, which absorbs maximally at 380 nm. The quantifi­cation of metoprolol tartrate was done on treatment of the

drug with ammonium metavanadate,"' FeClj, **' A/-bromosuc-cinimide,^" and a mixture of KNO3 and H2SO4 followed by addition of alkali to get colored chromophore.-"" The litera­ture is still poor in analytical procedures based on kinetic spectrophotometry for the determination of drug in pharma­ceutical preparations. There is, therefore, a need for a simple and sensitive kinetic spectrophotometric method for the de­termination of metoprolol tartrate in pharmaceutical formu­lations. It was found that potassium permanganate oxidizes the metoprolol in alkaline medium and this reaction has not been used before to quantify the drug spectrophotometrically.

This paper describes a simple and sensitive kinetic spec­trophotometric method for the determination of metoprolol tartrate in drug formulations. The method involves the oxida­tion of drug with alkaline potassium permanganate at 25±1°C and subsequent measurement of absorbance at 610nm. The initial rate and fixed time methods are adopted for its determination in pharmaceutial formulations.

Experimental Apparatus A Shimadzu UV-visible spectrophotometer (model-1601,

Japan) with matched quartz cells was used to measure absorbance. A water bath shaker (NSW 133, New Delhi, India) was used to control the

heating temperature for color development. Reagents and Standards All reagents and chemicals used were of ana­

lytical or pharmaceutical grade. Aqueous solutions of 0.6 M sodium hydrox­ide and 0.015 M potassium permanganate (GR Grade, Merck Limited, Mum-bai, India) were prepared in doubly distilled water. Potassium permanganate (GR Grade, Merck Limited, Mumbai, India) solution should be freshly pre­pared and its apparent purity was assayed by titrimetric method."'

The standard test solution of metoprolol tartrate (0.01%) was prepared in doubly distilled water. The formulated dosage forms of metoprolol tartrate such as betaloc (AstraZeneca Pharma India Ltd., Bangalore, India), metapro (Cardicare, Bangalore, India) and metolar (Cipla, Mumbai, India) were pur­chased from the local market.

Determination Procedures for Metoprolol Tartrate Initial-Rate Method: Aliquots of 0.1—0.6ml of 0.01% metoprolol tartrate were pipetted into a series of 10 ml standard flasks. To each flask 2,0 ml of 0.60 M NaOH followed by 2.0ml of 0.015M potassium permanganate were added and then diluted with doubly distilled water at 25± 1 °C. The contents of each flask

* To whom correspondence shou,ld be addressed, e-mail: [email protected] ) 2005 Pharmaceutical Society of Japan

Page 227: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

August 2005 943

were mixed well and the increase in absorbance was recorded as a function of time at 610nm. The initial rate of the reaction (v) at different concentra­tions was obtained from the slope of the tangent to the absorbance-time curve. The calibration graph was constructed by plotting the logarithm of the initial rate of reaction (log v) versus the logarithm of the molar concentration of the metoprolol tartrate (logC). The amount of the drag was computed ei­ther from the calibration graph or the regression equation.

Fixed-Time Method: The absorbance of each drug sample solution was measured at 610 nm against a reagent blank prepared similarly at a prese­lected fixed time of 15min. The calibration curve was constructed by plot­ting the absorbance against the final concentration of the drug. The amount of the drug was computed either from calibration curve or regression equa­tion.

Determination Procedure for Metoprolol Tartrate in Piiarmaceutical Formulations Five tablets were weighed and powdered. The powder equivalent to 50 mg of active ingredient was weighed accurately, stirred well with doubly distilled water and filtered through Whatman No. 42 filter paper (Whatman International Limited, Kent, U.K.). The residue was washed well with doubly distilled water for complete recovery of the drug. The content of the dmg was then diluted to 250.0 ml with doubly distilled water. It was fur­ther diluted according to the need and subjected to the determination proce­dures for metoprolol tartrate. The percent recovery of the metoprolol tartrate was calculated from the corresponding linear regression equations or cali­bration graphs.

Procedure for Reference Method Into a series of 10 ml standard volu­metric flask, different volumes (0.25—2.5 ml) of 0.01% drug (0.1 mgml ') solution were pipetted and diluted to volume with doubly distilled water. The absorbance was measured against the solvent blank at 224 nm. The amount of the drug in a given sample was computed from the calibration equation.

Results and Discussion Spectral Studies The absorption spectrum of metopro­

lol tartrate solution in doubly distilled water shows two ab­sorption bands peaking at 194 and 224 nm while that of potassium permanganate solution in the alkaline medium ex­hibits an absorption band peaking at 530 nm. The addition of potassium permanganate to the solution of pure drug pro­duces a new characteristics band at 610 nm. This band is at­tributed to the formation of manganate ion, which resulted on reduction of potassium permanganate in alkaline medium. The intensity of the colored product increases with tirne and therefore, a kinetic method was developed for the determina­tion of metoprolol tartrate in drug formulations. Moreover, potassium permanganate also oxidizes metoprolol in acid medium resulting in the formation of a-hydroxy metoprolol and Mn(II). In the presence of acid such as H2SO4, HCl and H3PO4, a-hydroxy metoprolol gives a violet color which has not been utilized for quantitative analysis,

Stoichiometry and Reaction Mechanism The stoichio­metric ratio between metoprolol tartrate and potassium per­manganate was established using limiting logarithmic method^ ' by performing two sets of experiments. In the first set, the concentration of metoprolol tartrate was varied keep­ing a constant concentration of KMn04. In the second set of experiment, concentration of metoprolol tartrate was kept constant while varying the concentration of KMn04. The logarithm of the absorbance was plotted against the loga­rithm of the respective varied concentration of metoprolol tartrate or KMn04 (Figs. 1 a, b). It is evident from the slopes of the two straight lines that the combining molar ratio be­tween metoprolol tartrate and KMn04 is ] : 1.

Horai et al. have suggested that the metoprolol tartrate un­dergoes oxidation^^' resulting in the formation of a-hydroxy metoprolol. In this study, the potassium permanganate oxi­dizes the metoprolol tartrate in alkaline medium producing

-4.8 -AA -40 -3.6 -32

Log IDrugl or [KMnO,]

Fig, 1. Limiting Logarithmic Plot for Stoichiometric Ratio between Metoprolol Tartrate and KMn04 (a) log A vs. log[drug] and (b) log/f vs. loglKMnOJ

0 04 0.06 0 08 0 10

Molar concentration of NaOH

Fig. 2. Effect of the Molar Concentration of NaOH Solution on the Initial Rate of Reaction with 60,0/tg per 10 ml Metoprolol Tartrate in Doubly Dis­tilled Water

a-hydroxy metoprolol and itself reduced to Mn04", The re­action product gives violet color on treating with formalde-hyde-sulfuric acid reagent, which confirmed the formation of a-hydroxy metoprolol.^'''

Optimization ofVariables The influence of the concen­tration of NaOH solution on the rate of reaction was studied by keeping the constant concentrations of metoprolol tartrate (8.76X1 0"^M) and KMn04 (S.OOXIO-^M) and varying the concentration of NaOH (1.20X 10^^—1.32X 10"'M) in a final volume of 10 ml solution. Figure 2 shows that the initial rate of reaction increased up to 8 ,4X10"^M NaOH; beyond this concentration the initial rate of reaction remained con-

Page 228: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

944 Vol. 53, No, 8

0.0005 0.0010 0.0015 0.0020 0 0025 0.0030 0 0035

Molar ooncentration of KMnO^

Fig. 3. Effect of the Molar Concentration of KMn04 Solution on the Ini­tial Rate of Reaction with 60.0/ig per 10 ml Metoprolol Tartrate in Doubly Distilled Water

stant. Therefore, a concentration of 1.20X10"' M NaOH was used throughout the experiment. The effect of the concentra­tion of KMn04 solution on the initial rate of the reaction was studied in the range of 7.SOX 10""—3.30x 10'^ M. The initial rate of reaction (Fig. 3) increased with increasing the concen­tration of KMn04 and became constant at 2 . 4 0 X 1 0 ~ ' M . Thus, a concentration of 3 .00X10~^M KMnO^ in the final solution proved to be sufficient for the maximum concentra­tion of metoprolol tartrate used in the determination process. The effect of temperature on reaction rate was studied in the range of 298—308 K. The absorbance-time curves showed the temperature dependence of the reaction rate. It was ob­served that metoprolol tartrate reacts faster with potassium permanganate within the short period of 3—15min, 3— lOmin and 3—7min. at 298, 303 and 308 K, respectively. At temperatures >308K, the decomposition of the reaction product may take place. To avoid this and for the sake of good results, the optimum temperature of 298 K is selected for the determination process.

Analytical Data and Method Validation Under the op­timized experimental conditions, a pseudo-order reaction condition was worked out by using a large excess of KMn04 and NaOH solution with respect to the initial concentration of metoprolol tartrate. As a result, a pseudo zero order condi­tion was obtained with respect to the reagents, the overall concentration change of KMn04 and NaOH during the course of reaction would be negligible. The initial rates of the reaction were determined from the slopes of the initial tangent to the absorbance-time curves (Fig. 4) and are sum­marized in Table 1. The reaction would obey the following rate equation:

r a t e = * ^

where k^ is the pseudo-order rate constant, C is the concen­tration of metoprolol tatrate, n is the order of the reaction. The logarithm form of the above equation is written as:

04 -

0.3 •

02 •

01 -

no 1

- • - a

^^d

I^r - ^ 9

^ ^

Time (min)

Fig. 4. Absorbance-Time Curves for the Reaction between Metoprolol Tartrate and ICMnO^ in Aqueous Medium: 2.0 ml of 0 . 0 1 5 M KMnO, and Metoprolol Tartrate: (a) 1.0, (b) 1.5, (c) 2.0, (d) 3.0, (e) 4.0, (f) 5.0 and (g) 6.0^gml '. Each Set is Diluted in 10ml Standard Flask with Doubly Dis­tilled Water

Table I. Summary of Data of the Initial Rate of Reaction at Different Concentration of Metoprolol Tartrate and K.Mn04

[Drug] (moll ') [KMnOjKmoll Initial rate of reaction, V'(mol 1 ' min ')

1.460X10"'' 2.190X10 ' 2.920X10 ' 4,380X10 ' 5.840X10 ' 7.300X10 ' 8.760X10 ' 8,760X10" 8,760X10 ' 8,760X10 '' 8,760X10 ' 8.760X10" 8.760X10"

3.000X10 ' 3.000X10 ' 3.000X10 ' 3.000X10 •' 3.000X10 ' 3.000X10 ' 3.000X10 ' 7.500X10 " 9.000X10 " 1.200X10 ' 1.800X10 -' 2.100X10^ 2.400X10 '

6.250X10 ' 9.375X10 ^ 1.270X10 ' 1.880X10 ' 2.500X10 • 3.100X10 ' 3.800X10" 8.000X10 ' 1.130X10 ' 1.860X10 ' 2.660X10 ' 2.830X10 ' 3.800X10"^

log(rate)=log^,p+/ilogC

The linear regression analysis using the method of least square treatment of calibration data was made to evaluate slope, intercept and correlation coefficient. Under the work­ing experimental conditions, a calibration graph was con­structed by plotting log of initial rate of reaction (log v) ver­sus log of metoprolol tartrate concentration (log Q, which showed a linear relationship over the concentration range of 10.0—60.0/ig per 10 ml. The regression of log rate versus log C gave the following linear regression equation:

log(rate)=3.634+0.999 log C

with a correlation coefficient (r) of 0.9999. The value of n in regression equation confirmed that the reaction is first order with respect to metoprolol tartrate. The confidence limits for

Page 229: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

August 2005

Table 2. Summary of Optical Characteristics and Statistical Data for the Fixed-Time Method

945

Parameters

Beer's law limit (/Jg per 10 ml)

Molar absorptivity (1 mol ' cm ') Regression equation

V' Intercept

5.

-IS, Slope

\ i ' \ Correlation coefficient (r)

Variance {S^,)

Detection limit (/igml ')

Quantitation limit (/ig m l ' )

3 min

10.0—60.0

9.133X10' /(=1.0IX10 •' +

1.324X10 'C

5.80X10 '

l.OIXIO '

4.70X10 "

1.208X10 '

1.324X10 ' 1.30x10"

3.342X10 '

0.9997

3.364X10 '

0.15 0.44

6min

10.0—60.0

2.192X10' /(=6.9XI0 ' +

3.178X10 'C

7.80X10 '

6.9X10 *

6.20X10 *

1.594X10 '

3.178X10 '

1.70xi0 '

4.371X10 '

0.9999

6.084X10 '

0.08

0.25

Fixed-lime method

9 min

10.0—60-0

3.151XIO' /4=7.9XI0 •• +

4,580x10 'C

6.30X10 '

7.9X10 '

5.10X10 '

1.311X10 •'

4.580X10"'

1.40X10 '

3.599X10 '

0.9999

3.969X10 '

0.05 0.14

12 min

10.0—60.0 3 973X10' / (= -172X IO '-I

5 831X10 ' C

1.04X10 '

-1.72X10 '

8.31X10 '

1.697X10 '

5.831X10 '

2 30X10 '

5913X10 '

09999 I.082XU) »

0.06

0.18

15 min

10 0—60.0 4.453X10'

/ I=6.3XI0 ' +

6,491X10 ' C

6.60X10 '

6.3X10 '

5.30X10 '

1.363X10 '

6491X10 '

1.50x10 '

3.857X10 '

0.9999

4.356X10 '

0.03

0.10

Reference

method

25.0—250.0 2 028X10'

/(==107X10 ' +

2,940X10 ' C

7,00X10 '

1,07X10 '

5,00X10 '

1,286X10''

2,940X10 •

4,00X10 '

1,03x10 '

0,9999

4,900X10 '

0,08 0,24

a) Calculated t-value, which is less than the theoretical value of ((2.776) for n-l degrees of freedom.

the slope of the line of regression and intercept were com­puted using the relation b±lS^, and a±tS^^^'' at 95% confi­dence level and found to be 0.999± 1.45X10"' and 3.634±2.60XI0"^ respectively. This indicated the high re­producibility of the proposed method. The limits of detection (LOD) and quantitation (LOQ) were evaluated using the fol­lowing equation;

LOD=3.3X5'„/i atid LOQ=10X5(/6

where Sg is the standard deviation of the calibration line and b is the slope and found to be 1.3x10"^ and 4.0X10"'^/igmr', respectively. The variance was calculated using the equation:

X(i°g' • log v„.r

and found to be 1.576X10~'^gmr'. The low value of vari­ance indicated negligible scattering of the experimental data points around the line of regression.

In the fixed-time method, the absorbance of green colored solution obtained on interaction of different concentration of metoprolol tartrate with alkaline potassium permanganate was measured at a preselected fixed time. Calibration plots of absorbance versus initial concentrations of metoprolol tar­trate were established at a fixed time of 3, 6, 9, 12 and 15 min. The molar absorptivity, regression equations, coeffi­cient of correlation, limits of detection and quantitation and variance are given in Table 2. It is clear from Table 2 that the most acceptable values of molar absorptivity, limit of detec­tion and quantitation were obtained at a fixed time of 15 min. Therefore, the fixed time of 15 min was adopted as the opti­mum time for the determination of metoprolol tartrate in pharmaceutical formulations. The important analytical para­meters of conventional UV spectrophotometric method have been summarized in Table 2. It can be seen that the molar ab­sorptivity of the fixed time method is higher than that of con­ventional UV spectrophotometric method whereas the limits of detection and quantitation of the proposed method are smaller. The performance of the initial rate method is better since the values of LOD and LOQ are smaller than that of

the fixed time method and analysis can be completed in a shorter time.

Solution Stability and Selectivity The solution stability of metoprolol tartrate was checked by observing UV spectra of metoprolol tartrate for 5 d. The aqueous solution of the drug having two A, ^ ; 194 and 224 nm, showing no change in the absorption spectra of standard and sample solutions of drug for at least 5 d, when the solutions were stored at room temperature. To identify the metoprolol and a-hydroxy meto­prolol, thin layer chromatography was performed. The stan­dard solution, sample solution and reaction product were ap­plied on TLC plates coated with silica gel and developed in ethyl acetate-methanol-ammonia (40: 5 : 5 v/v/v) solvent system. The plates were air-dried and spots were detected in the iodine chamber In the case of standard and sample solu­tions, a single spot was observed with Rf=0.50 correspond­ing to metoprolol, whereas reaction product also showed one spot with Rf=0.65. This corresponds to a-hydroxy metopro­lol.'"'' Thus, the proposed methods are selective as the major metabolite, a-hydroxy metoprolol does not interfere in the determination. However, other /3-adrenergic antagonists such as propranolol, atenolol and labetalol react with potassium permanganate in alkaline medium resulting in the formation of green colored solution, which absorbs maximally at 610nm.

Accuracy and Precision The accuracy and precision of the proposed methods was established by measuring the con­tent of metoprolol tartrate in pure form at three different con­centration levels (low, medium and high). The short-term (intra day assay) and the daily precisions (inter day assay) were performed by measuring five independent analyses at 1.5, 3.0 and 6 .0/ igmr ' concentration levels within 1 d and on 5 consecutive days, respectively (Table 3). The standard deviation, relative standard deviation and mean percent re­coveries obtained by both the initial rate and fixed time meth­ods can be considered to be very satisfactory.

The validity of the proposed methods was also checked by performing recovery experiments through standard addition method. For this, a known amount of the pure drug was added to preanalysed dosage forms and then the total amount

Page 230: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

946 Vol. 53, No. 8

Table 3. Test of Precision of the Proposed Methods by Intra Day and Inter Day Assays

Proposed methods

Initial rate method Intra day assay

Inter day assay

Fixed time method Intra day assay

Inter day assay

Talcen

1.5 3.0 6.0 1.5 3.0 6.0

1,5 3,0 6.0 1,5 3.0 6,0

Amount ( / jgml ' )

Found ± 5,0,"

1,50+0,04 3.00 6.01 1,50 2,99 6,00

t0.06 t:0.06 t0,04 t0.06 £0,06

1,50+0,04 2.99 + 0.05 6.01+0.05 1,50+0,06 2,99+0,06 6.00+0.07

Recovery

(%)

100,03 100,06 100.13 100.14 99.95

100,07

100,21 99,93

100,15 100,01 99.93

100,04

SAE'"

0,02 0,03 0.03 0.02 0.03 0,03

0,02 0.02 0.02 0.03 0,03 0.03

C.L.'-i

0,05 0,07 0,07 0.05 0.07 0.07

0,06 0.06 0.06 0.07 0.07 0.08

a) Mean for five independent analyses, b) SAE, standard analytical error c) C,L,, confidence limit at 95% confidence level and four degrees of freedom (/ = 2,776),

of metoprolol tartrate was determined following the recom­mended procedures and reference method. The results are summarized in Table 4, which showed recoveries in the range of 100.02—100.13%, 99.99—100.15% and 99.94—100.11% for initial rate, fixed time and reference methods, respec­tively. No interference from the common excipients was ob­served.

Robustness The conditions are very robust for the appli­cation of the proposed methods to determine the active drug in pharmaceutical formulations. Each operational parameter was checked and challenged for the robustness of the meth­ods. The operational parameters investigated were:

• volume of 0.015 M KMnO^ (±0,2 ml) • volume of 0 .60 M NaOH (±0.2 ml) Under these conditions a sample solution containing

6.0/ igmr ' (Metalor 25, Cipla) of active metoprolol tartrate was assayed five times by the initial rate and fixed time meth­ods. The values of mean recovery, standard deviation and rel­ative standard deviation represent good reliability of the pro­posed methods.

The effect of temperature on reaction rate is well known and important in understanding the various activation para­meters of the reaction products. In order to evaluate the ap­parent activation parameters, the reaction rate was studied at 298, 303, and 308K at [metoprolol]=1.46X lO"*"— 8.76XI0""''M, [KMnO4] = 3.00xl0"^M and [NaOH]=l.20x 10''M.

Arrhenius curve (Fig. 5) was constructed by plotting logk versus l/fand found to be linear with coefficient of correla­tion, r= - 0.9998, Activation energy (£J can be calculated from the slope (-EJ2303R) and A from the intercept of the Arrhenius curve and found to be 90.73 kJinoP' and 4.75X10", respectively. The other activation parameters such as enthalpy, entropy and free energy of activation of the reaction product were calculated using Eyring equation:

AH'-k 4S» log — = \og(kJh) + —

T \ ^^ ^ > 2.303«

0 00324 0.00326 0 00328 0.00330 0.00332 0 00334 0 00336 0 00338

1/T(K)

Fig. 5. Arrhenius Plot: log<r versus l/Tfor Activation Energy

1

2,303/; T

The plot oi\ogklT versus l/7'(Fig, 6) was linear with cor-

0 00324 0,00326 0,00328 0 00330 0.00332 0 00334 0.00336 0 00338

1/T{K)

Fig, 6. Eyring Plot; logA/Z'v'crau.v 1/7" for zJW'and 4 5 '

relation coefficient of -0,9999, 4 / / ' was evaluated from the slope (-zl/-/V2,303/?) and AS^ from the intercept [log(V/') + ^'5''/2,303j^] of the compiled Eyring plot. The values of 4 / / ' and 4 5 ' were found to be 88,20 kJmol"' and 84,54 J K ' ' moP', respectively. The Gibbs free energy of ac­tivation was determined by AG^=AH^-TAS^ at 298K and foundtobe-63,01 kJiuoP',

Applicability of the Proposed Methods The proposed methods (initial rate and fixed time methods) were success­fully applied to the determination of metoprolol tartarte in pharmaceutical formulations. The results of the proposed methods were statistically compared with those of the refer­ence method using point hypothesis test. Table 5 shows that the calculated t- (paired) and F-values at 95% confidence

Page 231: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

August 2005 947

Table 4. Summary of Data for the Determination of Metoprolol Tartrate in I'liarmaceutical Preparations by Standard Addition Method

Preparations"'

Amount ( / rgmr ' )

Initial rate method Fixed time method Reference method

FoundtS.D"' Recovery Found±S.D."' Recovery „ Found±S.D.°' Recovery Taken Added (/Jgml ') (%) ^ ^ ' ^ (/Jgml ') (%) ^^^ ^'^^ (/igml ') (%) ^'^^ ^ ' "

Betaloc-25 3.0 (AstraZeneca) 3.0 Metapro-25 3.0 (Cardicare) 3.0 Metolar-25 3.0 (Cipla) 3.0

1.0 4.00 + 0.06 100.05 0.03 0.07 3.99i0.06 3.0 6.00±0.08 100.02 0.04 0.10 (i.0l±0.05 1.0 4.01+0.05 100.13 0.02 0.06 4.01 ±0.06 3.0 6.00+0.07 100.07 0.03 0.09 6.01 ±0.05 1.0 4.00+0.05 100.06 0.02 0.06 3.99±0.05 3.0 6.00±0.06 100.02 0.03 0.07 6.00+0.05

99.99 0.03 0.07 4.00±0.05 100.09 0.02 0.06 5.99±0.05 100.14 0.03 0.07 3.99±0.09 100.15 0.02 0.06 6.01 ±0.06 99.99 0.02 0.06 4.00±0.05

100.04 0.02 0.06 6.00±0.07

100.11 0.02 0.06 99.94 0.02 0.06 99.94 0.04 0.11

100.17 0.03 0.07 100.11 0.02 0.06 100.05 0.03 0.09

0) Mean for five independent analyses.

Table 5. Comparison of the Proposed Methods Using Point and Interval Hypothesis Tests with the Reference Method at 95% Confidence Level

Initial rate method Fixed time method

Formulations"' Recovery RBD"' /- F-(%) (%) value"' value'"

Recovery RSD°' (- F-(%) (%) value'" value'" "u

Reference method

Recovery R.S.D."' {%) (%)

Betaloc-25 (AstraZeneca) Metapro (Cardicare) Metolar (Cipla)

100.02 0.99 0.23

100.07 1.16 0.23

100.13 0.93 0.18

1.55 0.994 1.008 100.15 1.14 0.55

1.53 0.988 1.010 100.04 0.82 0.37

1.55 0.989 1.012 99.99 0.83 0.13

2.06 0.992 1.012 99.94 0.80

1.32 0.990 1.008 100.17 0.94

1.92 0.986 1.013 100.05 1.15

a) Mean for five independent analyses, h) ThcorcticaW-valuc (v=8) and f-valuc (v=4, 4) ai 95% confidence level arc 2.306 and 6.39, respectively, c) In pharmaceutical analysis, a bias, based on recovery experiments, of ±2% (8^=0.98 and 8^= 1.02) is acceptable.

level are less than the theoretical ones, confirming no signifi­cant differences between the performance of the proposed methods and the reference method. The previous investiga­tions were also checked and confirmed by interval hypothesis tests.'^' The Canadian Health Protection Branch has recom­mended that a bias, based on recovery experiments, of ±2% is acceptable."^ It is evident ft-om Table 6 that the true bias of all samples of drug is smaller than ±2%.

Conclusion Initial rate and fixed time methods are applied for the rou­

tine quality control analysis of metoprolol tartrate in pharma­ceutical formulations. The proposed method does not require any laborious clean up procedure prior to analysis and there­fore, can be fi-equently used in the laboratories of research, hospitals and pharmaceutical industries. It has extremely high sensitivity, selectivity and low limit of detection.

Acknowledgements The authors are gratefiil to The Chairman, Depart­ment of Chemistry, Aligarh Muslim University, Aligarh for providing re­search facilities. Financial assistance provided by Council of Scientific and Industrial Research (CSIR), New Delhi, India to Dr. Syed Najmul Hejaz Azmi (snhazmi(gyahoo.com) as Research Associate (Award No. 9/ 112(329)/2002-EMR-l) is gratefully acknowledged.

References 1) Ceniceeros C , Maguregui M. I., Jimenez R. M., Alonso R. M

Chromatogr. B; Biomed. Sci. Appl., 705, 97—103 (1998). 2) "British Pharmacopoeia," I, H. M. Stationery Office, London, 1998,

pp. 889—891. 3) Mistry B., Leslie J., Edenton N. E., J. Pharm. Biomed. Anal., 16,

1041—1049(1998). 4) Modamio R, Lastra C. F., Marino E. L., J. Pharm. Biomed. Anal., 17,

507—513(1998).

5) Oertel R., Richter K., Gramattc T, Kirch W., J. Chmmaioff. A. 797,

10)

11) 12)

13)

14)

15)

16) 17)

19)

20)

21)

J. 22)

23) 24)

25) 26) 27) 28)

203—209(1998), Chiu F C. K., Damani L. A., Li. R. C , Tomlinson B., J. Chromatogr.. B: Biomed. Sci. Appl.. 696, 69—74 (1997). Gonzalez A. G., Herrador M. A., Asuero A. G., Inl. J. Pharm., 123, 149—151 (1995). Svensson S., Vessman J., Karlsson A., J. Chromaiogr A. 839, 23—39 (1999). Kim K. H., Kim H. J., Kang J. S., Mar W., J. Pharm. Biomed. Anal., 22, 377—384 (2000). Rao K. V. K., Rao M. E. B., Nagoji K. E. V, Rao S. S., Indian J. Pharm. Sci.. 65, 204—206 (2003). Park Y.-J., Lee D. W., Lee W.-Y., Anal. Chim. Acta, 47, 51—59 (2002). Cartoni G. P, Ciardi M., A. Giarrusso A., Roast F, HRC CC, J. High Resolul. Chromatogr Chromatgr Commun., JI, 528—532 (1998). Ternes T. A., Hirsch R., Mueller R., Haberer K., Fresenius J. Anal. CAem., 362, 329—340 (1998). Sadecka J., Polonsky I, J. Chromatogr A, 735, 4 0 3 ^ 0 8 (1996). Vujic Z., Radulovic D., Agbaba D., J. Pharm. Biomed. Anal., IS, 581—585(1997). Bhushan R., Arora M., Biomed. Chromatgr, 17, 226—230 (2003). Blanco M., Coello J., Iwrriaga H., Maspoch S., Pou N., Analyst (London), 26, 1129—1134(2001). Hassan S. S. M., Abou-Sekkina M. M., El-Ries M. A., Wassel A. A., J. Pharm. Biomed. Anal., 32, 175—180 (2003). Zhou D., Zhang S., He C , Gao Y., Wang X., Liaoning Shifan Daxue Xuehao, Ziran Kexueban, 21, 4 3 - ^ 6 (1998). Elsherief H. A. H., Ali S. M. S., Askal H. F, Refaat I. H., Bull. Fac. Sci., 26, 15—32(1997). Somashekhara R. R G., Rcvanasiddappa H. D., Indian Drug.';. 38. 97— 99(2001). Vujic Z., Radulovic D., Zivanovic L., IL Farmaco, 50, 281—284 (1995). Ersoy L., Kocaman S., Arch. Pharm., 324, 259—260 (1991). El-Ries M. A., Abou Attia F M., Ibrahim S. A.. J. Pharm. Biomed. Anal., 24, 179—187(2000). Salem H., AI-AzharJ. Pharm. Sci., 28, 319—337 (2001). Shingbal D. M., Bhangle S. R., Indian Drugs, 24, 270—271 (1987). Ahmed S., Sharma R. D., ShukIa I. C , Talanta, 34, 296—298 (1987). Palcl R. B., Patcl A. A., Patel S. K., Patel S. B., Manakiwala S. C , In-

Page 232: ANALYSIS OF ANTIHYPERTENSIVE DRUGS IN COMMERCIAL … · Manirul Haque and Suhaib Alam for the care, concern and moral support displayed at the time of crisis and happiness. I am extremely

948 Vol, 53, No. 8

dian Drugs, 25, 4 2 5 ^ 2 7 (1988). 29) Rao K. V K., Kumar B. V. Y R., Rao M. E. B., Rao S. S., IntJiiii, 1 34)

Pharm. Sci., 65, 516—518 (2003). 30) SanghaviN.M.,VyasJ. J.,/«(/;«/! Dregj, 29, 317—320(1992). 35) 31) "Vogel's Textbook of Quantitative Chemical Analysis," 6th ed., Pear- 36)

son Education, Singapore. 2002. p. 420. 32) Rose J., "Advanced Physico-Chemical Experiments," Pitman, London, 37)

1964, p. 67. 33) Horai Y., Ishizake T,, Kusaka M., Tsujimoto G., Hashimoto K., Ther.

Drug Monir, 10, 428—433 (1988). Jack D. B., Dean S., Kendall M. J., J. Chromaiugr.. 187, 277—280 (1980). Miller J. N.,/)na(w7 (London), 116,3—14(1991). Hartmann C, Smeyers-Verbeke J., Penninckx W., HeydenY. V, Van-kccrberghen P, Massart D. L.. Anal. C/iem., 67, 4491-^499 (1995). Canada Health Protection Branch, "Drugs Directorate Guidelines: Ac­ceptable Methods," Ministry of National Health and Welfare, Draft, 1992.